The URL can be used to link to this page

COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS FILLING STATION - 10-0043-GA - RFP 27-10IIII CUNTR.ACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION 1 1 1 � aF A C OMPRE S SED NATURAL GAS FILLING S TATIQN RFP 2 7-10 � � � � � a � A,C� p' CERTIFICATE �F LIABILITY INSURANCE Y PROOUCER Millennium Insurance & Investments Corp d/b/a MiiCorp 344D Hollywood Blvd. 5uite 415 Hollywood, FL 33021 Phone: (954) 983-4252 Fax: (95�4) 212-2255 INSURED Wise Gas Inc. Etal 1473 Sunset Way Weston, FL 33327 CQVERAGES DpTE (MM/DO/YYYY) 04/21/2011 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED A8 A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS IJPON THE CERTIFICAiE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES N07 AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICI�S BELOW. INSURERS AFFORQING COVERAGE NAIC il iNSURER a.: Burlington Insurance Company 23620 INSURER B: INSURER C: INSURER p: INSURER E: THE POLICIES OF INSURANCH LISTED eELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUHD TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR 7HE POLICY PERIOP IN�ICATED. N07WITHSTAN�ING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTNER DOCUM�NT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, TH� INSURANCE AFFORDED 8Y 7HE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TD ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BE�N RE�UC�A BY PAID CLAIMS. T� IN5RD TYPE OF INSUIiANCE POLICY NUMBER b LIMIT5 q GEN�rsa��ias��m' HGL0026132 12/15/2010 12/15/2011 EACHOCCURRENCE $ �,000,000 �I COMMERCIqL GENERAL LIABILITY �A p PREMI S Eeoccurence S 50,000 � CLAIMS MA�E � pCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) S �.4�0 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,D00,000 GENERALAGGREGATE $ 2,00�,000 + GEN'�AGGREGA7ELIMITAPPLIESPER: HIfBCIStNOIlOWf1�CIAUtO PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 2,0OO,OpO �/ POUCY PROJECT LOC �ed BI,Pp,AI & ALAE 5,000 Per Claim AUTOMOBIL6 LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ ANY AUTO (Ea awidenq ALI.OWNEDAUTOS gppILYINJURY g SCHEQULED AU705 (Per person) HIRED AUTOS BO�ILY INJURY $ NONAWNE� AUTOS (Per accldent) PROPERTV DAMAGE g (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA AGCIpENT $ ANY A11T0 EA ACC $ OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: AGG S EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIA6ILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR � CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ $ DEDUCTIBLE g RETENTION $ g WORKERS COMPENSATIQN qND Refer to s� arate TORY LIMITS ER EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY P ANY PROPRIETpR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Certificate attached E.L. EACH ACCIPENT $ OFFIC�RlMEMBEREXCLUDED7 E.L.DISEASE-EAEMPLOYEE y If yes, descrlhe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POUCY LIMI7 $ OTHER RE: Blanket Additional Insured, Blanket Waiver of Subrogation & Blanket Primary Non Gontributory applies to the General liability policy only when required by written contract. Per attached Endt's (CO 20 37 07 04, CO 24 04 D5 09 & IFG-G-0094 1207) "'`30 Days Advance Notice of Cancellation EXCEPT for Non-Payment of Premium 10 Days CERTIFICA7E H4LDER CANCEI.I.AT10N ADpITIONAL INSURED: City of Clearwater 112 S. Osceola Ave Clearwater, FL 33755 ACORD 25 (2001/08) SHOULO ANY OF TME qBOVE DESCFt18ED POLIdE3 eE CANCELLEp BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DA7E THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAYOR TO MAIL �� qYS WRI7T�N NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLpER NAMEU TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO 08LIGATION OR LIABILI7Y OF AN" "...^ ..^^..'..' ,.,^„^�^ „^ "^�NiS OR REPiiESENTATIVE3. �- . AU7HORIZED REPRESENTA7IV� CI�� Gloria J. Bravo, CIC � OACORD CORPORATION 1988 �iridgefield Insurance Casualty Company� Membcr of Litierty Mutual Group CERTIFICAT� OF INSURANCE RE : 0196-18440 ISSl1ED TO : City of Clearwater 112 S. Osceola Ave Clearwater, FL 33755 Aated A(F.xcellent) by A_M. Best Company sumnii thqlrlirigs. com. Producer : Gloria Jasefina Bravo Company : Millennium Ins.& Inv. Corp. Address : 3440 Hollywood Blvd., Suite 415 Hollywood, FL 33021 Phone : (954) 983-4252 This is to certify that Wise Gas Inc, 1473 Sunset Way Weston, FL 33327-2345, being subject to the provisions of the Florida or ers ompensa ian aw, as secure e paymen o any workers' compensatian benefits due by insuring their risk with the Bridgefield Casualty Insuranc� Company. l l� 1� Ly'� ►�� 1�i I 3�:� ��i F I•�i E: �� i] EFFECTIVE DATE: January 04, 2011 EXPIRATION DATE: January 04, 2Q12 5tatutory Limits -- State of Florida Employers Li�bility 1,000,00� (Each Accident) 1,000,000 (Disease--Each Emplayee) 1,OpQ,Q00 (Dis�ase--Policy Limit) This certificate is not a policy and of itself does not afford any insurance. Nothing cantained in this certificate shall be construed as amending, extending, or altering coverage not afforded by the policy shown above ar affording insurance to any insured not named above. ihe palicy of insurance listed above has been issued to the named insured for the policy period indicated. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document to which this certificate may pertain, the insurance made availabls by the described policy in this certificate is subject to only the terms, exclusians and conditions of such policy. Paid claims may have reduced the shown limits. If the policy described above is cancelled before the expiration date indicated, the issuing company will endeavor to mail 30 days' written notice to the certificate holder named above, althaugh if cancellation is for nonpayment of premium, then the issuing company will endeavar to mail 30 days' written natice to the certificate holder. In any event, the issuing company, its agents, and representatives accept no obligation or liability of any kind for failure to mail such notice. -� � Authorized Signature Date: April 21, 2p11 Southwest Region Corparate pffice Southeast Region Afabumn, Arkun.vus, Louiaiarru, Missi.��sippi F(orida Georgia. Ken�ucky. Norrh Carolina, So�rth Carnlinn, 7i'nne.isrc P.O. eox 80439 • Baton Rouge, LA 70R98-0439 P.Q. Bnx 988 • Izkeland, FI.. 33R02-0988 P.D. Box 600 • Gainesvil le, GA 30503-U600 (225) 926-3264 • 1-SOD-42.1-2944 (8b3) 665-6�60 • 1-8U0-282-7648 (G78) 450-5825 • I-800-971-2667 Fax (225) 926-4102 Fax (863) 666-1958 Fax (770) 531-1349 BrrdKe(ield Casually Insurm�[e Cnmpany is nn n(jiliete v(nn�l is n�annqed by Surnrrrit. WC 97-056 (Rev. 3l08) Summit includrs Sununif Cnnsulting 6�c. anA itc subsirtiaries. LDI C01 268152-1 12 10 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDI710NAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate halder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of th� policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does nat confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). �ISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the palicies listed thereon. AGUKU "L( ("LOU7/OS) � ! i 1 1 ' , , LJ � ' � �J ' � � � � ' sECT�aN i� INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: SECTION�I ................................................................................................................................... i 1 C�PIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS ..........................................................................1 2 QUALYFICATION OF BIDDERS ..................................................................................1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3 6 CONTRACT TIME ..............:........................................................................................... 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3 8 SUBST�TUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS ......................................................................................................3 10 BID/PROPOSAL F�RM ................................................................................................. 4 11 SUSMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4 12 M�DIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5 13 REJECT�ON OF SIDS .................................................................................................... 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5 1S OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5 1G LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7 19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 7 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. $ 21 CONSTRUCTION STTE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CUNTROL MANAGEMENTMEASURES ....................................................................................... 8 SectionII i 9/27/2010 Section II -- Instructions to $idders 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Docuux�ents are available at the City o� Clearwater's Plan Roorn — websxte address: www.myclearwater.com/citXproj_ects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is noz�-xefundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, ar othears who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Docurnents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or rnisinterpretations resulting fram the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Docurnents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Sidding Dacunnents available on the abave terms, does so only for the purpose af abtaining Bids on the Work and daes not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents far any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each praspective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the camplete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Sidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and cantract documents. An application package for pre- qualification �nay be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758- 4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address anly) ar by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be campleted and delivered to the Diz�ectar of Engineering at the abave address not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, befare subz�itting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or �urnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable �ederal, state and local laws, ardinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Dacwments. 3.2 In reference to the Teclu�ical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Dacuments, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upan non-tech�nical data, interpretatioz�s or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which aze at or contiguaus to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in SectionII Page 1 of 9 ' � � 1 ' � � 1 � �J ' C� � I� � � i � 9/27/2010 ' 1 1 Section II — Instructions to Bidders preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. � 3.3 Tnformation and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data fi.rrnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not ' assume responsibility for the accuracy ar campleteness thereaf unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. �-� � 1 � 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditians, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due ta differing conditions appeaz in the General Canditians. 3.5 Before submitting a Sid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and abtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surFace, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or atherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such ' explorations and tests at Bidder's awn expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its farmer condition upon carnpl�tian af such exploradazas and tests. � r� I � , 1 ' � � � 3.7 The lands upan which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereta and ather lands desigtzated for use by the Contractor in perfornung the Work are identified in the Contract Dacuments. All additional lands an,d access thereto required for temporary construction facilities ar storage of ma.terials and equ.ipment are to be provided by th� Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent chat�.ges in existing stntctures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise prrovided in the Contract Dacuments. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder tlxat the Sidder has cornplied with every requi.rement af these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Sid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as rnay be indicat�d in ar required by the Contract Documents, and that the Cantract Documents are su�Ficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all ternis and canditions af performance and furnishing of the work. �lV��:77:7�t�7TI+ = ► � _ � � ► � _ 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent af the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpreta.tions or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior ta the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. SectionII Page 2 of 9 9/27/2010 � 4.2 5 Sectian II — Tnstructions to Bidders Add�nda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND S.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in. an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's nnaxinnwrz� Bid pri.ce and in the form af a certified or cashiers check ar a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements af the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will nat be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreernent and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreexnent and fu�mish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes ta have a reasanable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned appraximately fowrteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 s 6.1 7 7.1 8 The Bid Bond sha11 be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety c�mpany qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. CONTRACT TIME The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is ta be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The cant�act, xf awazded, will be on the basis oi material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications wi�thout consideration of possib�e substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engin.eer until after the effective date af the Contract Agreement. The pracedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. ��7r=��I�7�� :7_t� t�7:�� 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successfiil Bidder, and ax►y other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and arganizatzon tv be used by the Contractor in the completion af the Work. The amount af subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed SectionII Page 3 of 9 � � � ' � _� , � 1 !J ' ' I ' �� ' 1 9/27/2010 ' ' Section II -- Ynstructions to Bidders , Subcontractor, supplier, other person or arganiz.ation, h� may, befare recornrnending award af the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Sidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increas� in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder ' declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the n�xt lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcantractars, Suppliers, and other persons and orgazuzations. Declirung to make requested substitutions will not 1 constitute grounds for sacriiicing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer daes nat rnake written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the ' City Council will be deemed accepta.ble to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agre�ment as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 , 1 ' ' ' 1 � , 1 , � 1 � ' �i[�7 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasoraable abjection. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Sid/Proposal Form is included with the Cantract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks an the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in wards and numerals �withaut delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Biddears are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal farm. The lump sum far each section ar item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and cantract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, aze exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased ar decreased in direct propartion ta the unit prices bid for the listed individual iterns. 10.2 Sids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate narne by the president or a vice- president (or other corparate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sigrx) and the corporate seal shall be�xed. Tl�e carporate address and state of incorporatian shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partncrship shall produce evidence satisfactary to the City af the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by parinerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title sh�all appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership sha11 be shown below the signature. 10.4 11 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. �'- ► � fC*�+�C�7T[�T� :3I�� 11.1 Sealed Bids sha11 be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"xll" manila envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwazded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date speciiied. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. SectionII Page 4 of 9 9/27/2010 Section lI — lnstructions to Bidders 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL �F BIDS 12.1 Bids rnay be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisernent af Bids. A request for withdrawal ar a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly autharized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Sid Date and Time. After expiration oi the period for receiving Bids, na Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing ta the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been mad� by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by tl�e City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion ta accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State arid Federal. laws and regulations, the City reserves the right ta reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right ta reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make ari award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtfi.tl financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed ta b� the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or a11 bids will be rejected if there is any reasan for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be cansidered in future propnsals for the sa.me work. Each bidder shall execute the Nan-Callusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS �s.i �s Bids will be opened and read publicly at the lacation and time stated in the Advertisernent for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and pernuts (and shall pay a.11 permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payrnent of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically SectionIi Page 5 of 9 9/27/2010 l� , �� 1 ' 1 1 �J , 1 � � ' � � C� � S 1 r� � Section II — Instructions to Bidders stated otherwise in th� Technical Specificatians. The amount of rayalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor sha11 pay all applicable sales, cansumer, use and other taxes required by law. ' The Contractor is responsible far reviewing the pertinent Sta.te Sta.tutes invalving the sales tax and sales taac exemptions and complying with all requirements. ' , , 1 1 ' 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax an materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scape of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Warkplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities ar contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implernented a drug-free workplace pragram shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if non� ar all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In arder ta have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor sha11 supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawFul manufacture, distribution, , dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prahibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. C� � L� �� (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the warkplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be irnposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), natify the employees that, as a condition af working on the commadities or contractual services that are under bid, the ernployee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any convictian of, or plea of guilty or nola contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of arxy cantrolled 5L1b5�T1Ce law, of the United Sta.tes, or of any state, far a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (S) days after such conviction. (S) Impose a sanction on, ar require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance � or rehabilitation pmgram if such is available in the employee's cammunity, by any employee who is sa convicted. 1 � SectionII � (6) Make a goad faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free warkplace through implementation of this section. T certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the abave requirements. Page 6 of 9 9/27/2010 Section Tl — Instructions to Bidders 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 1 S.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the xnultiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in �avor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum o� any calumn of figures and the correct sum thereoi will be resolved in favaz� of the correct sum. 1$.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or nat the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other perspns and organizations proposed by the Contractor %r the Wark. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of at�y Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Eidders, prapased Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and argatxizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awazded, it will be awazded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whase evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the besi interest oFthe City. 18.4 Award of contract wilX be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless othezwise speciiied all work awarded will be awarded to only one Cantractor. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitatian or awazd of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set farth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect ta the speci�cations of an invitatian for bid or request for praposal shall be submitted in writing a rninirnum of five (5) work days priar to the opening af the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person cauld nat have been reasonably expected to have lcnowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to awazd of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is pasted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upan telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific partions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of ' , 1 1 II ' 1 ' ' � � LJ II � r ' 1 � SectionII Page 7 of 9 9/27/2010 � 1 ' � Section II — Instructions to Bidders intent to award, ar due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respand to the formal written protest witivti five (5) wark days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response w�ill be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. ' E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (S) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her ongmal ' formal protest letter and the respanse from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Man?�er. ' ' , F. `The City Mana.gez as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final autharity in the matter af protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) wark days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a farmal protest, the protesting vendar must include a fee in the amourrt af 5% of the selected vendor's total bid t� affset the City's additional experises related to the pratest. This fee sha11 nat exceed $2,500 nor be less than $S0. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. ' 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not praceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written , determinatian that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. [1 1 1 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Qrdinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions af the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions af tlxese laws. 21 CONSTRUCTI�N SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTR�L , MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Enviranmental Protection Agency , (EPA) National Pallution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement starniwater pollution preventian plans (SWPPP's) or starmwater management programs (both using best managernent practices (BMPs) that effectively ' reduce ar prevent the dischazge af palluta�nts into receiving waters. A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining , water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. � SectionII Page 8 of 9 ' 9/27/2010 Section II — Instructions to Bidders ' B. Priar to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and ' sediment contral plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment contral provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at Cit of Clearwater En ineerin , Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Sest Management 1'ractices. References EPA website ' SectionIT Page 9 oF 9 � ' � ' ' 1 1 1 , 1 � 1 1 � 9/27/2010 � , 1 1 , 1 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: SECTIONIII .................................................................................................................................. i GENERALCONDITI�NS ......................................................................................................... i Tableof Contents :.......................................................................................................................... i 1 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................................................................... 5 2.1 DELTVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ............................................................................•--�--.......... 5 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMElNOTICE TO PR�CEED; STARTING THEPROJECT ...............................................................................................�--.............. 5 2.4 SEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTiON CONFERENCE ........................................................................ 6 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ................................................................................................ 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ......................................................................... 7 3.1 1T�ITENT ....................................................•---...................:............................................... 7 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCEP�INTS .................................................................................................... 8 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ......................................................................................... 8 4.2 INVESTIGATXONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, iJNDERGROLIND FACILITIES ..................................... $ 4.4 REFERENCE POII�ITS .................................................................................................... 9 S BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND ............................... 9 _ 5.2 INSURANCE::::�:�:��:��.:_...:�:. _. . _. _.__._...-- --._ _ ............................................................................................ 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATIC)N INSURANCE ......................................................... 10 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PR�PERTYDAMAGE COVERAGE ............................ 10 5. 2. 3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE LIABILITY ........ ...... ............... .......... ...... ....... 11 5..2. 4 INLAND MARINE B UILDERS RISK ... ...... .. ........ .. ............................................. .... 12 5.2.5 PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. l2 6 CONTR.A.CTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 13 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 13 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 14 6.3 SUBSTTTUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .................................... 6.4 RESFONSIBTLITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 15 6.S USE OF PREMYSES ...................................................................................................... 15 ScctionIII 3.25.11 Final(LLM).doc i 12/G/2010 7 8 9 1 1 6.5.1 STAGINGAREAS ....................................................................................................16 6.5.2 REST�RATION TIME LIMITS ................................................................................ Ih 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTrES AND TAXES ................................... 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 17 6.8 PERMITS .......................................................................................................................17 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................... 17 6.10 EMERGENCIES ............................................................................................................ 1$ 6.11 DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................. 19 6.11.1 SH�P DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW ........................ 19 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ....... ..................................................................................... 20 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS ................................................................................................... 22 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES :....................................................................................................23 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WA ANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 24 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 24 6.14 INDEI�INIFICATION ... ......................... ................. ........... ............................ . ... ... . . . . .... . 24 OTHERWORK .............................................................................................................. 25 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE .............................................................�--�•-�-----�•---.......... 25 7.2 CO�RDINATION .........................................................................................................25 OWNERS RESPONSXBILITY ...................................................................................... 2S OWNER REPRESENTATTVE'S STATUS DURTNG CONSTRUCTION .............. 26 9.1 �WNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 26 9.2 CLAR��ICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 26 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 26 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 27 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISFUTES ........................................................................................ 27 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIB�L�T�ES ............. 28 0 CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 28 1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 29 11.1 CHANGES TN THE CONTRACT PR�CE .................................................................... 29 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND F1NAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 30 �..1.:� ..PERCENTAGE WORK:.::.:::�::-.::.:..�.:.:� .:::.......:..:.::......:...:.......:.�:::::��:.-:-.:�::_:..-.�::::�:_.::_. 3-1 - l.z CHANGES xN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 31 l.3 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................... 32 13.1 TESTS AND 1NSPECTION ..................�....................................................................... 32 13.2 UNCOVERZNG THE WORK ....................................................................................... 32 13.3 OWNER'S REPRF,SENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 33 13.4 CORRECT�ON OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 33 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 33 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTZVE WORK ................................................................... 34 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRFCT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 34 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 35 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 35 Sectionill3.?5.11 Final(I.I.M).doc ii 12/b/2U 10 ' 1 ' � 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 � 1 1 ' � ' � 1 � , 1 , 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' , 1 1 1 1 ' 1 14.2 C�NTRACT�R'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 35 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATI4N5 FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 3d 14.� PARTIAL UTTLIZATION ............................................................................................ 36 14.5 F1NAL �TSPECTT�N .............................................................................•�--.................. 37 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR �AYMENT ................................................................... 37 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 38 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 38 15 SUSPENSIUN UF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 39 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 39 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMiNATE ...................................................................................... 39 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK �R TERMiNATE ........................................... 40 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTYON .............................................................................................. 40 �.7 MISCELLANE�US ....................................................................................................... �tl 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 41 17.2 GIVING NOTICE .....................................�-�----..............................-�---........................... 41 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM .........................•------..................................---..........................---... 41 17.4 PR�FESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 41 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 41 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .................................................................................................... 41 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 42 19 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 42 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECYFICATIONS ..................................... 42 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTIQN ....................... ................................ 22 RESIDENT N�TIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTTON .......................... 42 22.1 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................�-- 42 22.2 EXA.MPLE .....................................................................................................................43 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 44 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................... 44 23:2 -T'YPE OF-PROJECT-SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE - - --:... ................ 23.3 FIXED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 44 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ...................................................................................................... 44 23.5 SIGN COLORING .................................................�--..................................................... 44 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ..................................�--�--............................................................. 44 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................ 45 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .......................................................................................... 45 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUAR.ANTEE .................. 46 SectionlIl 3.25.11 Final(LLM).doc iii 12/6/2010 Section iiI — General Conclitions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued pziar to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or otk�er outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written cantract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be perfornaed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as pravided therein. Applicatiort for Payment The %rm accepted by Engineer which is ta be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and wk�ich is to be accom�aanied by such supporting documentation as is requixed by the Contract Documents. Approve . The word approve is deiined to mean satisfactory review af the material, equipznent or methods for general coznpliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer t� verify in �very detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal o F the bidder submitted on the prescribed faz-rzi setting forth the prices for the work to be perfarmed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation ta Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid far�aa�, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Per�ormance and pa�ment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order - A written -order-to-Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition; deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustrnent in the Contract �rice or the Contract Time issu�d on or after the effective date of the Agreennent. Czty The City of Cleaz-water, Pinellas County, Florida. Constructian Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and �nspects City constructian projects in order to insure the Contractar's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically i�i r�sponsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Managex assuznes responsibility �or the managem�nt of construction con.tracts at the Preconstructxon Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Canference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding SectionIII 3.25.1 IFinal(LI,M)_doc Page ] of 4( 12/6/2010 1 1 ' 1 1 , � , � 1 1 � , 1 1 1 1 � � 1 1 , 1 ' ' ' Section III — General Conditions cantract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Dacuments The A�;reement, Addenda (which pertain to the Cantract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accom.panying the bid and any post-Bid dacumentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Dxawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modificatians issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to autharized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the campletion of the Work. Contractor , The Person with whom the �wner has entered into the Agreennent. For the purposes of this contract, the person, �'irm or corparation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City af Clearwater ar its duly auth,arized representative. ' Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the wark , in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. , 1 1 Day A calendar day of twenty-faur (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Wark refers to Work that is unsatisfactozy, faulty or deficient, or does nat conform to the Contract Docurnents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the - Gontract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers_r.ecommen.dation of final payment. ' Drawings The drawings, which will be identiiied in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be perfarmed and which have been ' prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. ' Engineer The duly appainted representative of the City Manager of the City of Cleax-water. For the purposes of this contract, the City En.gineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer rnay serve as ' the Owner's Representative during construction. 1 1 Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer ta furnish services as Engineer's independent Sectionlll 325.11Final(LLM).doc Page 2 of 46 12/6/201p Section lII — General Conditions pro£essional associate or consultant witk� r�spect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F. D. O. T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Departz�ent o£ Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnisk� and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar zzieaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install cornplete in place and ready �or service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintendi�ag or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders o� any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Mzlestone A principal event speciiied in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completian date or time prior to the final campletion date. N�tice to Proceed (NTP) A written not�ce given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will com�ence to run and an which Contractor shall start to per�orm k�is abligations under the Contract Documents. �wner The City af Clearwater, Florida. For the puzposes of this contract, the pers�n who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Departrnent with whom will be - ---- - responsible for the maintenar�ee--and-operation o� the Work onee-the -Work-is-eompleted. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Repzesentative during construction. Owner's Representatrve Designee oaf the Owner with autharity to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural p�rson, or a corporatian, partnership, firm, organization, oz other artiiicial entity. Praject The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Dacuments. SectionIlI 3.25.11Final(LLM).doc Page 3 of 4b 12/6/2010 � ' 1 ' 1 1 ' , ' 1 ' 1 r ' 1 ' ' , ' 1 � 1 5ection [Il — General Conditions Partial Utilizatzon ' Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work far the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. , Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that wark is progressing. The names az�d positions of these ' persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction canference. This persan or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. ' ' 1 1 Request,far Information (RFI) An official written request for clariiication of the intent of the contract documents from the Cantractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information pr�pazed by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of th.e Work. Specifacations , Those portions of the Contract Dacurnents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Wark and certain adminzstrative details apphcable thereto. 1 � , � ' 1 Subcontractor A persan having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance af a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a speciiied part thereo� which has progressed to the point where, in the apinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certiiicate of Substantial Completian, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Cantract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is, issued, when the Wark is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the �ngineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substat�tially completed" as applied to all or part of the Wark refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, iabricator, suppliez�, distributor, material man ar vendar having a direct ' contract with Contractor ar with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equiprnent to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. 1 1 1 Surery Any person, �irm or corporation which is baund with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable perfonnance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Band. Sectionlll 3.25.11Fina1(LLM).doc Page 4 of 46 12/6/2010 Section III — General Condi[ions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanlcs, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed undergraund ta fiir�nish any of the follawing services or materials: e�ectricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traiiic or other car�txol systems or water. Unit Price Work Wark to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identiiiable parts thereaf required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is tlae result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equi�rnent into the construction, and per�ormizag or furnishing services and fiarnishing documents, all as required by the Cantract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, ar responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Diz�ective will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price oz� Cantract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Cantractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the �wner such Bonds and Certificates oi Insurance as Contractox nnay be required ta furnish by tlais contract. 2.2 - COPIES OF DOCUMENTS � 1 ' ' � , 1 1 , � 1 1 1 _ .. _ . _. _ .. _ _' Engineer shall iurnish to Contractor two (2) copies of Contract Documents �or �xecution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence oz� the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Cantractar shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTI�N Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and coznpare the Cantract Documents and check and verify p�rtinent tigures shown thereon and all applicable SectionlCl 3.25.1 ll�'inal(LI�M).doc Page 5 of 46 12/6/2010 ' 1 1 1 ' , � � Section III — General Conditions field measuarements. Contractor shall promptly r�port in writing to Engineer any conflict, en-or ar � discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification fram Engineer be%re proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable ta the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy � in the Drawings or Specificatians, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. ' No verbal agreement or conversation with any ofiicer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engin.eer's Consultant, either before or after the executian of this Contract, shall aifect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Cantractor shall not commence any work at any � time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Cantractor. 1 LJ � 1 1 , 1 , 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and befare the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction canference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work an�d to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the pxaject afficially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, th� preconst�ruction conference is zun by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Canstruction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal 5chedule for review by the Engineer. This is to rnalce sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owt�.er's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliv�r ta the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of co�structioi� stakeaut and -�s=built survey: - - The Owner's Representative shall d�liver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a ' Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance far reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 1 ' ' ' ' 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Pragress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or manthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor slaall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. SectionIII 3.25.11Final(LLM).doc Page 6 of 46 12/6/2010 Section IiI — General Conditions 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreeznent between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. Tt is the intent of the Cantract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo� to be canstruct�d in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be infezred firam. the Cantract Dacume�zts or firom prevailing custom or fram trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and perfoxm�d whether or not specifically called for. When words ox phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases sk�all be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretation.s o:F the Contract Docum�nts shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes af any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental autharity, whether such reference be speciiic or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time af opening af Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no pravision of any referenced standard speciiication, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractox as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees fram those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision oi law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Docum.ents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy.. within ihe Contract Docuznents or between the Contract Documents _ and. any provision of ar�y such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, speciiication, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected ihereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Coantract Documents has been issued by one af the methods provided in these General Specifications, pzovided however, that Contractor shall not be liable ta Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractar knew or reasonably should have known thereof. SectionlII 3.25.11Final(LLM).doc Pa�e 7 of 46 12/6/2010 � 1 1 � ' ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 , ' , 1 1 � , � 1 4 1 ' 1 ll 1 �J ' 1 1 1 � ' 1 1 r 1 ' 1 Section III — General Conditions AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Cantract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performin� the Work. Easements for permanent structures ar permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Own�r, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Canditions and Technical Specifications for identiiication of those reports of investigatians and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Wark which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports aze not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and a�re not part of the Contract Dacuments. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writir�g of any subsuxface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially frorn those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise i� further investigatian or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results af such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface ar latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Docurnents, and which could not reasanably have been anticipated by Contractar, a work change or Change Order will be issued incarparating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The informatian and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Undergraund Facilities at ar contiguous to the site is based on inforrnation and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners af such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise _ .. . expressly prov'ided in the Contract Documents, (ywner and �ngineer shall not be responsib e or the accuracy or completeness of any such informatian or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) caordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to natify any utility owners wha are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILTTY NOTIFICATION CENTER priar to any excavation. The LOCAL PUSLIC UTYLITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact n.umber is available in local telephone directory. SectionIll 3.25.1 lFinal(LLM).doc Page 8 of 46 12/G/2010 Section .11l — General Conditions . . ! ��i��l��l��*`� Engineer shall provide engineEring surveys to establish ref�rence points for construction, which in .Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor ta proceed with the Wark. Contractor shall be responsible for laying aut the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations withoui the pxxor written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference paiz�t is lost or destroyed or requires relocatioza because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractar is referred to the Technical Specifications for more speci�c information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacem�nt caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All tiame shall be computed in ane-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Cantractor shall furnish a Performance and Payrnent Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithfixl performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This band sk►all remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payrnent becames due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall alsa furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditians. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Cantract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Halding Ce�tificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Campanies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all af the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do_business_in__the__State oFFlarida. Owner_xeseryes_1he_right ta reject any_suret_y_._.If_the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt ar becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is lacated or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Cantractox shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Band and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liabil�ty and other insurance as is appropriate for the Wark being performed and furnished and as will pravide protection from claims set forth below which may arise aut of ox result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or fiarnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Su�plier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any o� them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the followin�: (i) Clainns under worker's cornpensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for dama�es because o� l�odily SectionIll 3.25.1 1 Tinal(LLM).doc Page 9 of 46 12/6/2010 � 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 , 1 ' � 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 � 1 1 1 , 1 ' 1 1 � , ' 1 , 1 ' 1 , 1 1 5ection III — General Conditions injury, occupational sickness ar disease, or death af Contractor's ernployees; (iii) Claim�s for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any persan other tk�an Cantractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such, person by Contractor, or by any other person far any other reason; (v) Clairns for damages, ather than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction af tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any persan or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Cantractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Canditions, certiiicates of insurance (and ather evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required ta purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner af Clearwater and any ather persons or entities identified in the Supplementary CondiCions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective ofiicers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insuraunce covering Contractor's indemnity obligatians in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endarsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractar and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance fumished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Cantractor may be conecting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written an a claims-made basis, shall remain iz� effect for at least two years after final payment. Cantractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owrier and any such additional insured, af cantinuation af such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits o� liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the fol-lowing amounts or greater where required by-laws and regulations: --- - --- -- 5.2.1 Contract Award Amount Cantract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. wnRKER�s COMPENSATION INSURANCE 5.2,2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Opez-ations, Braad Form Contractual, Independent Cantractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Znjury liabilities: SectionitI 3.25.11 Final(LLM).doc Page 10 of 46 12/6/2010 Section III — General Conditions Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,00O,OOQ. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence �ccurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (2) Property Darnage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Eack� 4ccurrence Occurrence $1,Q00,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted Ag�regate Aggregate 5.2,3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Contract Award Arnount Under $1,000,000. $1,00O,OOQ. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each. Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Rec�ipt and acceptance by Owner oF the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amaunts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing _and maintaining _any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, _ . --- ------ -- _ . . . __.._ ..---- ------._ -- _ ... Subcon.tractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance palicies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the iirst dollar of exposure u�less otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval Fram Owz�er. Lon shore and Harbor Worker's Com ensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in rnaritixne employment, to secure the payment a# b�nefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carz�ier authorized by ihe U.S. Department of Lab�r, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department o�Labor as a self insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) o� the Act provides that every ernployer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensafion shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the paymenC of compensation, Section1I13.25.11Fina1(LLM).doc Page 11 of46 �2/(/2p�q � ' , 1 ' ' 1 1 1 1 � 1 ' _._1 1 � ' ' ' 1 � , � � , ' , 1 1 , 1 1 ' Section III -- General Conditivns 5.2.4 INLAND MARINE BUILDERS RISK The contractor, prior to notice to proceed or commencement of work, whichever occurs first, agrees to maintain an Inland Marine Builder's Risk insurance coverage farm with. an amended policy period of no less than 10 months, if available, providing coverage to protect the interests of the City, Contractor, subcontractors, including property acquired under a sales tax incentive program, property in transit, and property on or off premises, which shall become part of the work. Coverage shall be written on an All-Risk, Replacement Cost and Completed Value Form basis in an amount at least equal to 100 percent of the projected completed value of tlne Work, as well as subsequent modifications of that sum due to Change �rders. If available coverage %r underground property should be available as well. This policy shall also include Delay Cost coverage for soft costs, which shall at a minimum include additional expenses for interest, legal, consulting, insurance, architectural and engineering, contractor's overhead and general Conditions, and equipment rental. The limit of the delay cost coverage shall not be less than 10 percent of the projected completed value oFthe work and shall be a scheduled limit on the policy in addition to a scheduled limit for the hard cost coverage. Collectively tlae scheduled saft cost limit and hard cost limit may equal 100% af the projected value of the work unless the builder's risk caxrier requires the delay cost coverage to be in addition to the l OQ% projected value of the work. Contractor agrees to be responsible for reporting increases in the projected campleted value of the work due to Change Orders to its insurance carrier. The contractor further agrees that any wind percentage deductible (when applicable) shall not exceed 10 percent; and any flood sublimit shall not be less than 25 percent of the projected completed value of the work for this policy. 5.2.5 PR�FESSIONAL LIABILITYIMALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE As apprapriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor, shall be purchased and ' --maintained by the Y�ndor--with minirnunn limits of $1,000,000. --For policies written on a`-`Claims--.... - Made" basis, Contractor agrees to rnaintain a Retroactive Date prior to or e qual to the effective date of the Contract. Tn the event the policy is cancelled, non-renewed, switched to an ' Occurrence Form, retroactive date advanced, or any other event triggering the right to purchase a supplemental extended Reporting Feriod (SERP), such coverage shall be extended for two years. 1 1 1 ' 1 ��/�11�1 � :Z+1 �.� Cr] : r �� The Owner and Cantractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage far all losses and daxnages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain pravisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any lass or damage the insurers will have na rights of recavery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor Section1113.25.11Pinal(LLM).doc Page 12 of46 12l6/2010 Section III — General Conditions waive a�l rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out oi or xesulting from any of the perils cov�red by such palicies and any other pxoperty insurance applicable ta the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, En�ineer's Consultants and all other persons ar entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additio�al insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. Tn addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractar, Subca�ztractors, Engineer, En.gineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents o:F any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use ar other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Wark caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property i�asurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilizatian, after substantial completion ar after final payrnent. fi CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work campetently and efiiciently, devating such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Wark in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures af construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or speciiication of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the coza�pleted woxk complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep an the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circurrastances. The su�aerintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractar. A11 C ntr ctoraslsupe xntende t hrall k ep a mobile cell phonelon his pergon so he an be Qor. The _ __ _ ntacted whenever necessary. Cdntractor shall employ on.ly competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Re�resentative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person an the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be remaved from the project and shall nat again be employed on it exce�t with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular workxng hours ar on the Owner norrr�ally approved holidays. At such times when Tnspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip docurnenting such houars and the Contractor shall be provided a capy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall d�liver to the Uwner a check made out to the Owner oF Clearwater for fii11 reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the SectionllI 3.25.11Pina1(L�.M).doc Page 13 of 46 12/6/2010 w ' ' � ' � � 1 1 1 1 1 ' __.. ...' ' ' ' ' 1 � L � , Section III — General Conditions Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours far inspection costs on , weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per haur shall be $60.00 per hour. , Contractar shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to camply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. � , C �' ��J '� � , 1 1 1 , , , ' ' L.J ' 6,2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably quali�ed persannel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persans or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as atherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be perfarmed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit avertime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior natice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full r�sponsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and rnachinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephane, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary far the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stared, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All rrraterials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable nnanufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributar, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase rnajor equipment to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in tYie Coritract Docurnerits� -Iri -such everit; the- Contractor shall cooperate and assist the �wz��r of ----- --- -- Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified ar described in the Contract Dacuments by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particulax Supplier, the speciiication or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the speci�cation or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" itern or no substitution is permitted, other items af �naterial or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an itern of material or equipment propos�d by Contractor is functianally equal to that named and sufiiciently similar so that no change in related Wark will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a Sectionlll 3.25.1 1 F� inal(LLM).doc Fage 14 of 4b 12lb/2010 Section III — General Conditions proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufiicient infortnation as required by the Engiz�eer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefare. Request �or review of praposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be acce�ted by Engineez from anyone ather than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing ta Owner's Representative and will contain all in%rmation as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "ar equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. fi.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractar is responsible �or Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier ox other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or ath�r person, nor shall it cxeate any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any sucla Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the woxk under a direct or indixect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcon.tractors, Suppliers and such other persons pexforzning or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractar in dividing the wark among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be perfortned by any speciiic trade. � ' ' 1 � ' 1 , , , 1 ' All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an � appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract ' D�cuments �or the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Cantractoz' shall not �ay ol� emplay any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization ' whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable ab�ection. Contractor shall not be requzred to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier ar ather person or organization ta furnish or perform any of the work against who�n Contractox has reasonable ' obj ection. Owner ar Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. [��]��:��►'il��? Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of rnaterials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identiiied in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and SectionIII3.25.11Fina1(LI.M).doc Page 15of46 12/6/2010 ' , , ' 1 1 1 1 ' Section III — General Conditions easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or ather materials ox ec�uipment. Contractar shall assume full responsibility �or any damage to any such land or area, or ta the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the perfarmance of the Work, Contractor shall pramptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in ar at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws a�d Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents fram and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. ' During the progress of the Wark, Contractor shall keep the premises free frorn accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting frarn the Work. At the completion of the Wark or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remave all waste materials, ' rubbish and debris fram and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore ta ori�inal conditian all property not designated far alteration by the Contract Documents. �� , 1 1 ' � i 1 � ' ' ' 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall abtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-af ways, is very impartant to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within iive (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, hawever, this is never to exceed iifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. _ ......... . .. . _ _ - . _._ Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Sod must be restared with ten (10) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test. Tt must be watered for a periad of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a partion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule oi sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the pexformance of the worlc or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by athers. If a pa�ticular invention, design, pracess, product or device is speciiied in the Contract Documents �'or use in the perFormance of the wark and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights ar copyrights calling far the payment of any license fee or royalty to Sectionl1I3.25_11Final(LLM).doc Page 16of4G 12/6/2UlU Section III -- General Conditions others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or EnginEer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractar shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and tl�e officers, directors, eznployees, agertts and other coz�sultants of each and any oi them franr� and against all clairns, costs, losses and darnages arising out a� ox aresulting from any infringem�nt of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorparatian in the Work of any invention, design, pracess, product or device not specified in the Cantract Documents, ar�d shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to b� paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida arad other governmental agencies, which axe appXicable during the perfarnaance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATI�NS Contractor shall give all notices and camply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and perfoxmance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. �f Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or R�gulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or axxsing out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's prunary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Dxawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractar's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. S,8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain, and pay for all constructian permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all gavernmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the �rosecution of the Work, wh�ch are applicable at the time of . opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners far connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related ther�to such as p ant mvestment ees. _._..._._... ---- ._..._. .. ._ ------- ----------- Unless otherwise stated in the Con.tract Documents, Qwner of Clearwater Building Pertnit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions %r the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other praperty at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, rnadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for remaval, relocation or replacement in the course af construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, ar during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representativ� may direct; Contractor shall, Sectionl[I 3.25.11Final(LLM).doc Page 17 of 46 12J6/2010 � , 1 1 ' ' 1 � 1 ' 1 1 � C� , ' 1 ' ' � �J Section III — General Conditions and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or ' injuxy fram the weather. If, in the apinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of iailure on the part ofthe Contractor or any Subcontractors to so pratect the Work, such Work and materials shall be xexnoved and ' replaced at the expense of Cantractor. The Cantractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education az�d training of employees in the recognition, , avoidance and prevention of unsafe canditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his emplayees. Th� Cantractor shall develop and maintain an , effective fire protection and prevention program and gaod housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of constructian, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equxpment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may arder that the wark stop if a condition of ' immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained frorn the ' Contractor to Owner, and the Cantractor shall remain solely responsible far campliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and praperty at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic ' znaterials ar ather harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions ta protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and ta prevent disruptions of such traffic due ta construction activity. 1 ' � ' 1 Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of person.s or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and pratecti�n. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the prot�ctian, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss ta ariy property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractar, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any ather person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work ar anyane for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be rernedied by Cantractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Wark is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES ' In emergencies affecting the safety or pratection af persons or the Work or property at the site ar adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or withaut special instruction or authorization frnm Owner or the Owner's Repres�ntative, is abligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor ' shall give En,gineer prampt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations frorn the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the �wner's Representative determines that a change in the Cantract Documents is required because of the � action taken by Contractor in response ta such an ernergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. ' ' Sectionlil 3.25.11Fina1(LLM).doc Page 18 of 46 12/6/201� 1 Section I11 — General Conditions 6.'11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown an the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dizxzensions, speciiied performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to pravide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verifi�d: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installatxon requirements, materials, catalog numbers and sirnilar information with respect thereta, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assernbly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative ta Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and progxams incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and caordinated each Shop Dravving or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Sarnples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Cantractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Docurnents with respect to Contractor's review and appxoval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate frozn the submittal; and, in additian, sh.all cause a speciiic z�otation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Canstz�uction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The uz�timely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval af Shop Drawings az�d Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installatian �r incarporation in the Wark, CO%1�0I1T1 t0 the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible witka the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning who�e as indicated the Contract Docuznents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences ar procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or pracedure of construction is specifically and expressly called %r by the Contract Documents) or ta safety precautions or programs incident tk�ereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of th.e assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as requixed new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall diarect speciiic attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Sectionlll 3.25.11 �inal(LLM).doc Pa�e 19 of 46 12/6/2010 � , 1 , � 1 , ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � , 1 � � 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 � ' 1 Section fI1— General Conditions En.gineer's review and approval af Shap Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Cantractor from responsibility for any variation from tk�e requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variatian by speci�c written notation thereof incorporated in or accampanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing �eld measurements by the Contractor. Cantractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that accaunt for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total nurnber of first time submittals. Owtxer's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed ta by Engineer and Contractar. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractar at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such casts from payments due Contractor for Work completed. Tn the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need far such substitution is beyond the control of Cantractor. G.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractar shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and cleacly all project conditions, lacations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented an the original Contract Plans, including revisians made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and pra#'ile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locatians indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and bu.ried (or concealed), canstruction and utility features which are revealed during th.e construction period. The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. __ _.__ . -- --- -- _..___ .__ _ ----- -- ......... .. . .----._._._...----..-- ---- -.._ ---- .. _. _ .. ---. ---...._.-------------._._._ . __.__.... _.__._..._ . .__.------ - ___ ._ The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements af "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints da not canform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for appraval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant far accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the so�e responsibility for the accuracy and completeness af the As-Built Drawings. SectionlIl 3.25.1 IPinal(I,LM).doc Page 20 of 46 ]2/6/2010 Section 1TI — General Conditions 6.11.2.1 Genera) The Cantractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter b1G17-6, Florida Adrninistrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida r�gistered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 61GI7-6.002 Definition: (.10)(a) As-Burlt Survey.• a survey perfarmed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated.• also know as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be de�ivered to the Owner of Clearwater Canstructian Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charg� the contractor a fee of $l,$p0 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (narthing, easting and �levation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensianed to the nearest downstream manhole. Ali xxaanholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rirn elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the proiile if ane exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the statianing supplied on the construction plans. Coardinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service cannectians for patable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 %et apart on linear -- type construction-and-shall-denot�-top of pipe elevation at-those--poi-nts. --- --- - - 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built dra�vings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this informatian is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other in�ormation. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identiiication. at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Suilt survey shall be based on the original datum used for the canstz�uction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be re�erenced to the North American Datum of SectionIII 3.25.11Final(LLM).doc Page 21 of 46 12/�/2010 � 1 1 ' ' ' , ' 1 1 1 ' 1 _...._ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General C:onditions 1983/90 (horizantal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 19$$. The unit of ineasurement shall be the United States Foat. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and ar vertical), rnust be approved by the Qwner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built surv�y shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61 G 17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain ta the as-built survey it is the requirement af the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.'11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes ' 6. 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 DI prefix denates digitized or scanned entiti�s EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU preiix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 11.3.1.2 La er Namin Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances _ --. . _ PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances B�C curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances �'ENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, iinished floor elevation Sectionll[ 3.25.1 iFinal(I,LM).doc Page 2Z of 46 12/6/2010 SecCion lll — General Conditions DRTVE driveways EOP edge af pavemen.t without curbs TRAFFIC si�nal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top af bank T�ESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seavvall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SH�RE shareline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline oi swal� CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchrnark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above foz�rn.at. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All lay�rs will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles -- Text style-for--E�-layers -will use the simplex-font; -obl�c�ue angle of 0°, -and- a-text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .010 times the plat scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bo�d material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless appraved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital farmat. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, DXF af a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Tlaomas.Mahony�a7myclearwatcr.conri.. SectionllC 3.2�.11Fina1(LLM).doc Page 23 of 46 12/6/ZO10 ' , 1 1 1 ' 1 � 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 , 1 , 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 5ection III — General Conditions 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Woxk will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractars or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury ar damage to any part thereof by actian af the elements, ar fram any other cause whatsoever, arising fram the executinn or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractar shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage ta other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one yeaz from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenarxce and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under narmal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior ta iinal acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Nane of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress ar final payment by Ownex's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Cornpletion or any payrnent by the �wner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Wark or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval af a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.'13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or ' disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agre� in writing. ' G.14 INDEMNIFICATI�N - - 1 1 , 1 1 1 Contractor shall indemnify and hold harnnless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of thern from and against all claims, casts, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itsel�, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any n�gligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless oi whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless af tlie negligence of any such person. Sectionlll 325.11 Final(LLM).doc Page 24 of 46 12/6/2010 Section Ill — General Conditions If, thz-augh acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or darnage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such ather Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if suck► ather Contractor or Subcantractor will so settle. If such ather Contractor or Subcontractor slaall assert any claim against the Owner on such account af any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who sha11 indemnify and save harmless the Ownex against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any ennployee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) o� Contractor, any Subcantractar, any Supplxex, any person directly or indirectly employed by aray o� them to per�ornn or furnisla any of th� work, or anyone far vvhase acts any of them nnay be liable, the inde�nnification obligati�n under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damag�s, compe�asatzan or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractox under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Cansultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 7 �THER WORK F�:7 �1�_� � � ��i�L�]:�:�;�� The City resezves the right ta have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or znaintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may ha�e its awn forces perforrn new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and cooxdination will be such that this actxvzty is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule sa as not to cause any delays or interference vvith the Cantractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION _ _... __ . _ .... ....... ... .___..---.__ ._. _ __.. _ If the �wner contracts with others for the per£ormance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime cantractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities wili be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditians, the Owner shall have sale authority and responsibility in respect o� such coordinatian. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contxactor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall nnake payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. � Sectionlll 3.25.11 Pinal(L1sM).doc Page 25 of 46 12/b/2010 ' 1 1 ' 1 , 1 1 1 ' 1 t ' 1 ' ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 ' Section ITI — General Conditions The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Wark. The Article on Suspension of Work and Terminatian d�als with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, , Contractor's means, rr�ethods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and pragrams incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performar�ce af the Work. The Owner will not be � responsible for Contractor's failure to perfarm or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ' 9 �WNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTIQN 1 1 1 C� 1 ' _.. ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 9.1 QWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependant of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the canstruction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitatians of authority o� Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations a� the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI respanses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and intexpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued forxn the Owner's Representative. Such written clazifications and interpretatians will be bindiang --ori the Or�vrier arid--Contractor: -IfContractor believesrthat-a written-clarification or interpretati-on-- justifies an adjustmettt in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Cantractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE W�RK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a co�nn,pleted Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity af the design concept of the ca�npleted Froject as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engiz�eer will alsa have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether ar not thE Work is fabricated, installed ar campleted. 5ectionIll 3.25. I IPinal(LLM).doc Page 26 of 46 12/6/2010 Section III — General Condilions 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE �RDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineex's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see artzcles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Worlc, Contract Price and Contract Time. In cannection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applicatio�as far Fayment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Campletion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES � ' 1 , ' The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract ' Documents and judge of the acceptability of the wark thereunder. Clai�ns, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requxxements of the Contract Dacuments pertaining to the performance and Furnishing of the work and Claims under � the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Cantract Frice will be refenred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice af each such claim, dispute or other matter will ' be delivered by the claimant to Ow�aer's Representative and the ather party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and wx�tten supporting data will be submitted to Own�r's Representative and ' the other party wxthin sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additianal or more accurate data in suppo�t of such claim, dispute or other matter. The apposing party shall submit ' any response ta Owner's Representative and the claiznant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, uz�less Owner's Representative allows additional tzzne. Owner's Representative will render a farmal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the ' opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decisioz� is taken within thirty ' (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention , to appeal from Owner Representative's wxitten decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (3�) days after the date of such decision __. ._.. ._ ._and a_ forrnal proceeding_ is instituted by the._.appealing_.party in a forum of competent jurisdiction.__.__.._ ...__.._1 ta exercise such rights ar remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or ather matter in accardance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless atherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and , Cantractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decisian rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights oar remedies as either may otk�ervvise have under the Cantract Documents or by Laws or Regulatians in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. Seciionlll 3.25.11Pinal(LLM).doc Page 27 of 46 12/6/2010 ' ' 1 1 1 � 1 Section III — General Conditions 9.S LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S ' RESP�NSIBILITIES 1 , l.. J ' 1 1 Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, irnpose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any o� them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractar's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions an�d programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor ta comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing ar furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review o� the itnal Application for Payment and accompanying ' documentation and all maintenance and operating instructians, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and ather dacumentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the ' requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates af inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Docurnents. , ' The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's C�nsultants, and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner nnay, at any time or from time ta time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, ' deletions or revisians will be autharized-by a-Written--Amendment, a Change Order, -or--a-Wor-k-- -- Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be perfarmed under the applicable conditions of the Contract ' Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor ar� unable to agree as to the extent, if any, oi an adjustment in the ' Contract Price or an adj ustrnent of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Cantract Price ar an extension of the ' Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Canditians , except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncavering work as provided in article for Uncovering Wark. ' 1 The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change 4rders ar Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: SectionlII 3.25_11Final(L,L,M).doc Page 28 of 46 12/6/2010 Section III — General Conditions changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance o� Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; an.d changes in the Cantract Frice or Contract Time which embody the substance af any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decisior� in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Docu�nents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractox shall canry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change af�ecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not liznited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the pr�visions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractar's responsibility, and the amount af each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor far perfarming the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Cantractor's expense without change in the Contract Frice. The Contract Price may anly be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendnnent. Any claim for an adjustrnent in the Contract Price shall be based o� a w�ritten notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occw�xence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the clairn with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (50) days after the start of such accurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allovvs additional time for claimant to submit additional ar mare accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accoznpanied by -- ---claimant's-wr-itten-statement-that-th�claimed-adj�stzxxent cavers all known amounts to which the -- claimant is entitled as a result af said occurrence or event. No claixn for an adjustment in the Cantract Price will be valid if not subznitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices cantained in the Cantract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance far overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices far the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit pxices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractar shall SectionlIl 3.25.11Fina1(LLM).doc Page 29 of 46 12/6/2010 1 ' 1 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 , 1 ' ' , ' ' ' � 1 � , ' 1 , 1 1 1 1 ' 1 Section [II — General Conditions apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractars, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cast Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including %remen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this it�m aze all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated vvith the change, including sales tax. The casts af mat�rials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental casts of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used far the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the lacality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book fax Construction Equiprnent (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is de�ned as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and ather costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ardered. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating casts given in Blue Boak. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment an stand-by. 4. Additional cvsts for Bonds, Insu.rance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs af Item 1 above. If. ' wark is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (1 Q%). ' � ' [-� ' ' ' _ _ _ _. . B. A fixed fee of ten percent (lp%) sha11 be added to the casts of Item 2 above. C. No rnarkup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4 The fixed fees shall be considered th� full campensation for all cost oi general --supervision,-over-head,-profit, and-other-general--expense.-- - -- - - �x.�_��•1��_i�r��s1.�•»�r_��•�•��:z«��:�r��l!al��►��i�r,r� It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered ta be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable ta Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additianal payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to �nal payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by SectionlII 325_11Final(I..I,M).doc 1'age 30 of 4G l2/6/2�10 Section I[1— General Conditions allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 PERCENTAGE WORK Contractor has taken care to accurately calculate the Scheduled Value of each item that shall constitute the Wor�C as reflected in the Bid Tabulation, which is incorporated in Section IV 1.1 (Scope of Work). The Scheduled Value for each unit accounts for Contractor's anticipated overhead costs and profit margins far that particular unit. Where the Contract Documents require that all or part �f the Work be done on a Percentage basis, the Scheduled Value will hold precedent, not the units utilized (or not) in connection with the work. The Contract Price has been calculated based upan the Scheduled Value for each unit pursuant to RFP 27-10, any changes to the scope of the work, whether on a Percentage basis, must be eifectuated via change order. 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (ar Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Cantract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivexed by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (3�) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent af the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, un.less Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustrzient to which the clainnant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said �ven.t. All c�aims far adjustment i�a the Cantract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No clairn for an adjustment in the Cantract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are af the essence of the Agreeznent. ' , 1 � 1 ' 1 1 ' ' 1 Where Contractar is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Tirne , (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Cantract Time (ar Milestones) y in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made ' _. here ore as pro ded in t... _... ---.. .. ---- -.._.__...._ ------. --- - -._...-------------------- -------------... _ . _. . _ .. . _._ . he article for Changes in the Wark. Delays beyond the control of Contractar shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, �ires, floads, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor ar Supplier sk�all be deezned to be delays within the cantral af Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part af the Work within the Cantract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control oi both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestozaes) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or �mployee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting irom (i) delays caused by or within the control a� Cantractor, ar (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by SectionIIl 3.25.1 IFinal(LLM).doc Page 31 ot�46 12/6/2010 , , 1 1 1 �J � 1 1 Section [II -- General Conditions utility owners or other contractars per£arming ather wark as cantemplated by paragraph foz- Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIQNS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR , ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ' �J 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Cantractor shall employ and pay for the services af an independent testing laboratory ta perfarm , all inspections, tests, ar approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. ' Tf Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdictian require any Work (ar part thereo� speciiically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Ownex Utility Departments, ' Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner ' permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvaXs required , for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Wark, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Cant�ractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. ' ' 1 - If any Work (ar the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given �wner's Representative and Engineer timely notice af Cantractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. _. 3 1 .2 UNCOVERING THE WORK ' If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's �bservation and replaced at Contractor's expense. ' ' ' 1 ' If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that cavered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractar, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all nec�ssary labor, material and equipment. Tf it is found that such Work is defective, Contractoc shall pay all claims, casts, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replac�ment or reconstruction (including but nat limited to all casts of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an apprapriate decrease in the Contract Price SectionIII 3.25.11Final(LLM).doc Page 32 of 46 12/6/2010 Section III — (ieneral Conditions for the costs of the investigatian, and, if the parties aze uz�able ta agree as to the amount thereof, may rnake a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Cantract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractoz shall be allawed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Cantract Time (or Milesto�es), or both, dizectly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, zeplacerzaent and reconstzuctian; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may nnake a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Chan,ge of Contract Time. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK Tf the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled warkers or suitable materiaXs ar equipment, or fails to furnisk� ar perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer ar Owner's Representative may order Ca�tractar to sto� the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; hawever, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety ox other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Cantractor shall be entitled to no extension o� Coz�tract Time ar increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION �R REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK Tf required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed ar completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representatxve, remove it from the site and replace it with Wor� that is not de%ctive. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or zesulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work a� athers). 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longex perivd of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms af any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents ar by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance -with-the-Owner's-wr-itten.-xnstructions; (i) correct such defeeti-ve---W-or-k-;--or,—if--it--has--- - been rejected by the Owner, zemove it frorn the site arid replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any dazx�age to otk�ez Wozk ar the work oi others resulting therefrom. Tf Contractor does z�ot pramptly comply with the tertns of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or dartaage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work reznaved and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by oz resulting fram such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair ar replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. Iz� special circumstances where a particular item of equiprnent is placed in cantinuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction peariod for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Sectionl[f 3.25.1 ]Final(LLM).doc Page 33 of 46 12/6/2010 � ' Section III — General Conditions Where de:Fective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been conected, ' removed ar replaced under this paragraph the ca�rrection period hereunder with respect ta such Waxk will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily campleted. ' L__� 1 , ' ' ' , ��' 1 1 - 1 ' ' i 1 � 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requirin� correction or removal and replacement of defective Wark, the Owner prefers to accept it, the 4wner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, lasses and damages attributable to the Owrier's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance accurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation af final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Docutnents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount th�reaf, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of C�ntract Frice. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an apprapriate amaunt will be paid by Contractor to the Ov�mer. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor �ails within a reasonable time after written notice �rom Owner's Representative to carrect de�ective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails ta perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Dacumerits, or if Contractor £ails to comply with any other provisian of the Contract Dacuments, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Woxk, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or �or which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other cantractozs, -and--Owner�--Representative� Engineer, and-Engine.�r�-Consultants--access to--the--site.to enable...___._. the �wner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Own�r in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Cantractor and a Change �rder will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with resp�ct ta the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Cantract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work af atk�ers destroyed or damaged by correction, removal ar replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an �xtension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance �f the Work attributable to the �xercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. Sectionlll 3.ZS.11Final(LLM).doc Page 34 of 46 12/6/2�10 Section III — General Conditions 14 PAYMENTS T� CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payrnent shall be �rocessed in accordance with �'.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. � - = �»[�L•r�[�7�0��]:»:Z�Ir]:��r7_\'1►'�1=1►�� Contractor shall submit (not more often than onc� a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application far Fayment iilled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work campleted as af the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless atherwise stated in the Cantract Documents, payment will not be rnade for materials and equipxnent not incorporated in the Work. Fayment will only be made %r that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipnnent. A xetainage of not less than five (S%) of the amount of each Application for Payrnent for the tatal o� all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector avertime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final campletion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Cantractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities an.d work for which payment is being applied %r and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Tnspector will verify that the on-site marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the wark and are in coznpliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payrnent �rovisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or surns then due. A failure on the part of the contractar to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. `C��«I�7� � �:7_[�%I:��iT/_T:T:71�� 't�] �� Contractar warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipmeant covered by --- - --- ---any-Application for-Payment,-whether-incorporated in the Project or-not,-will pass--ta--the-Owner-- no later than the time of payrnent, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or ather agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has goad title to all materials and supplies used by hir�a in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemniiy and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in tlie furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations af the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractar fails to do so, then the Owner rxiay, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufiicient to pay any and all such lawful claizns un.til satisfactory evidence is furnished that all I�abilities have been fiilly discharged, SectionIII 3.25.11Fina1(LLM).doc Pagc 35 of 46 12/6/2010 � ' 1 ' , ' � 1 ' ' ' , ' _._... . .---� , ' , , 1 � # ' Section III -- General Conditions whereupon payment ta Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this ' Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the , �wner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall nat be liable to Cantractor �or any such payment made in good faith. ' i ' ' 1 1 ' ' �� 1 1 1 14.3 REVIEW �F APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and dacurnented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment wi11 be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actians that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recomnnend the r�vhole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, ar, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results af subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, ar completed Work has been darnaged requiring correction ar replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work ar complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Te�mination. � The �wner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Cantractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been iiled in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Band satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, ar (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of _ _ _ ... _. . . the events described in this paragraph. T e wner s a give ontractor notice a re sa to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy ta the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating tkie reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects ta the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ' Use by the Owner at the Owrxer's aption of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, �wner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately fi.inctioning and usable part o� the ' Work that can be used by the Owner far its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the fallowing: 1 ScctionllI 3.25.11Final(LLM).doc Page 36 of 46 l2/6/2010 �1 Section III — General Condicions The Owr�er at any tirne may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part af the Work which the Qwner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. �f Contractar agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate af Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any tinne �nay notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of connpletion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Ownez, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writin,g giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles �or Substantial Completion and Partial Utilizatian will apply with respect to certiiication a� Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the divisi�n o:f responsibility in respect thereof and access thexeta. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractar that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a fnal inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractar and will witk�in thirty (34) days notify Contractor in writing of partxculars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incamplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a iinal punch list, deliver it to the Cantractox within iive (5) days of campletion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending iterns does not alter the xesponsibility oi the contractor to complete all the co�struction services purchased pursuant ta the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or rernedy such deficiencies. 14,6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to th.e satisfaction of Owner's Representative n accordance with the Contract Docuzx�ents all maintenance and dperating � - n s cti nslivered i .. ........ . ... .............. ....... ._. . _.-- ---.._ _. ----.._ _...--- --------------------------------- , As-built/Recoxd Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Sands, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bands and Tnsurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as requixed in the Contract Documents azad other , docuznents, Contractor may make application for iinal payment following the procedure for progress payments. The �inal Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentatioz� ca�led far in the Contract Dacuments, including , but not limited to the evidence af insrxrance required by paragraph for Bonds and �nsurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally ef�ective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out �f ar filed in , connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) tk�e releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien ' could be iiled, and (ii) all payrolls, matearial and equipment bills and othex indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Uwner's property might iz� any way be ' Sectionll'I 3.25.1 IFinal(i.LM).doc Page 37 of 46 12/G/2010 � ■ 1 Section III — General Conditions responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to ' furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or ather collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 Prior to application %r final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all sur�lus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been darnaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall l�ave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final campletion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Applicatian for payxnent and recomrnendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portian of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance ta be held by the Owner for Work nat fully completed ar corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have be�n furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion af the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application fox such payrnent. Such payznent shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and �mal inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the iinal Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisiied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation af payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Coniractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. �therwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recornmend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary carrections aazd resubmit the Applicatian. If the Application and accompanying documentation are apprapriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contraetor-the-amount r-ecommended by Owner-'-s-Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will canstitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Cantractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after fin.al inspection, from failure ta comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligati�ns under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in wx'iting and still unsettled. Sectionlll 3.25_11Final(LLM).doc Page 38 of46 12/G/2010 15 Section III — General Conditions SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which wil� �ix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so �ixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Pxice or an extension of the Cantract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an appzoved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change af Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Cantract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to su�ply sufficient skilled workers or suitable m.aterials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from tizne to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disr�gards the authoxity of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or iF the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or xf this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the �wner, or if the Contract ar any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specifed, or at any time Ow�er's Representative certi�es in writing ta the Owx�ear that the rate of progress of the Wark or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily ar unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services oi Contractor, exclude Cantractor frorn the site and take passession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the sarne to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or f�r which the Owner has aid Contractor but which ar ' � e stored elsewhere and finish the Work as the Owner ma P , --- - y deem expedient. In such case Cantractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. Ii the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all clai�ns, costs, lasses and damages sustained by the Owner arising aut of or resulting from com�leting the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Cantractor shall pay the difference to the Own�r. Such clairns, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be review�d by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required ta obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have b�en so terminated by the Qwner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may SectionIll 3.25.1 I Final(LLM).doc Page 39 of 46 12/6/2010 � ' 1 ' ' 1 i � 1 1 1 1 1 - -- 1 ' ' 1 1 1 1 � , ' ' Section III — General Conditions thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractar from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, withaut cause and withaut prejudice to any other right ar remedy of the �wner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Wark executed in accordance with the Contract ' Documents priar to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 for exp�nses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in perForming services and furnishing labor, materials ar equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection v�+ith uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable surns for overhead and pro£�it on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with. Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK �R TERMINATE If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the �wner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recaver from the Owner payment on the same terms as pravided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspend�d under an arder of caurt through no fault af Owner, the Contractar shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and withaut prejudice to any other right ar remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has - - file�c - for -fHirty (30) day�-pay Coritractoi -any -sum -finally dete�rrifre�l-to be ue; - - �ntractor -- may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment af all such amounts due Contractor. The pravisions of this article axe nat intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change aF Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable t� Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 1S DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and ta the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution methad and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any SectionlCl 3.25.11Hinal(LLM).doc Page 40 of46 12/6/2010 Section III — General Conditions dispute provided, however, that nathing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form af all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or requixed to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be detertnined by the Owner's Representat�ve subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any pxovision of the Contract Docurnents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an of�cer of the corporation for wham it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered ar certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address knawn to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NQTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injwy or damage to person ar property b�cause of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, ezz�ployees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first absezvance o� such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be constz�ued as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or arepose. 17.4 PROFESSI�NAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, archit�cts, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT - - ----- --- --The Contractor-shali-nat-assign-this con.tr�ct-or-any part-thereof-ar any-rights--thereunder�vithout - the approval of Owner, nox without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to natice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department �nay be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual cansent of botl� the Owner and the Contractor/Vendar. All terms, conditions az�d unit prices shall rennain constant unless otherwise speciiied in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and znust be agreed to in writing by bath parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory perfarmance of the Contractor as determined by the Constructian Department. SectionIll 3.25.11Fina1(LLM).doc Page 41 of 46 12/G/2010 � 1 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 - ----.._.1 1 ' 1 ' , 1 � ' 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 ' 1 1 1 .__ ' 1 ' ' 1 1 Section [II — General Conditions 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE W�RK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portian of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall wark and order thereof 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated inta the final wark shall be new material unless otherwise appraved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Cantract Dacuments shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Madifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General C�nditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Speciiications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION The Owner reserves the right to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment af sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials to be included in the execution of Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, shall be categorized as "materials purchased outside of the Contractor contract price", and will be administered by a direct billing to, and direct payrnent from, the City of Clearwater with the mandatory cooperation and assistance af the Cantractor and any applicable sub-contractors. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemptian number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE l.l - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for a list and description of ODP items includ�d in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents. -- ------22 RESIDENT--NO-T-I-FICATION OF START-OF-C-ONS-T--RUCTION - ---- 22.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall natify all residents along the construction route or within a S00-foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice iz�dicating the following information abaut the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or laga; the scheduled date for the start of constniction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or calored water due to construction efforts; Cantractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requiz-ement for residents to remave landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and ather language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 1 l inches in size. Notification (door Section[II 3.25.11Final(LLM).doc Page 42 of 46 12/6/2010 Section III — General Conditions hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipzx�ent and material storage, principal access routes across private �aroperty, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recordi�g equipment to zeceive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notificatian by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY' S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state rype of cantract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public aright-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to natify property owners oi the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the praperry owners) The constnxction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacennent of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concxete materials. The property owner is xesponsible for th� expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have custoxz�ized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, sk�rubs, landscaping materials, unautharized mailboxes or structures within the right-af-way which must be remov�d due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such itezns which tl�e property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding tion p the construc rocess or any particular item that znust be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 5ection111 3.25.11Final(L1,M).doc Page 43 of 46 12/6/2010 � � ' 1 ' 1 1 , ' 1 ' ' 1 - -- 1 1 1 ' 1 , 1 � 1 1 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 ' 1 ' , ' 1 ' 1 ' Section lII — General Londitions 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURP�SE The Owner desires to infarm the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course af the cantract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor �or the preparation, installation a�d management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 --- SCOPE DESCRIPTION. 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" an stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended lacations or various lacations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by d-foot (4'xG') in size and painted on a sheet of exteriar grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grad� pressure treated (P.T.) waoden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing ar other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on bath sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Partable sign shall be a minimum af 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign nnaterial shall be aluminum, 0.080- inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall b� two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic _ _. .b�r-ricade:- __. _ . ._ _ . ..._. _._ .. . _ - -- - 23.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size praportional ta the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are nat to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular trafiic. �'or construction projects outside oithe 4wner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be maved to the locatians Sectionll13.25.11Final(LLM).doc Page 44 of 46 12/6/2010 Section .III — General Conditions of active work on the praject. Multiple portable signs will be necessary wk�ere work is ongoing in several locations at the same tirne. Fixed signs are ta be placed at the start of construction and vvili rez�nain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible far preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course o:f the contract period. The Contractar will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are tc� be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN � �� PROJECT NAME (C'ONTRACT NUMBER) �DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT N_ CONTRACTOR: � COMPLETION DATE: FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: � ° Clea�wate� U � L � - i: .._._ ....... ..... . ........ �.._. ._. .. .:.:,',: . E � E � E ':;di N 1' �` '.\�� .1j.� ;\�\ -�; ��; 2'-3" Pas} ( �YP ) � ,\1�'; �. ; \�•. - �' '� ' ' :i,% ; vi,. ,,�. , ��' �� `.'"v:�� , �' \�. . ,\ %; \' ' ��\; �� : �\\, � . . ,� �% SectionIlI 3.25.11Final(LLM).doc Page 45 of 46 i ; �::� � , I � ... `��` ,\\�� :ii � 1 1 , , ' � 1 � � 1 ' , ' 1 � ' 1 ' 1 12/b/2010 ' � , 24 ' Section III — General Condi[ions AWARD OF CQNTRACT, W�RK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (S) calendar days after the ' Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. 1 ' ' L. J �� 1 , , 1 It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar davs as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contz-act, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary far the Contractar to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and appraved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectoxs, the Contractar shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dallars ($480.00) per each eight-haur (8) day for each Inspector giv�n such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay far any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a pexiod of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 1 1 ' ' ' SectionllI 3.25.11 Final(LLM).doc , Page 4G of 46 12/6/2010 ' 1 � SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: ' 1 SCOPE OF WORK ...........................................................................................................1 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST ................................................................................ 11 ' 2 FIELD ENGINEERING ................................................................................................12 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............. 12 2.1.1 GRADES, LINESAND LEVELS ........................................................................... 12 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA ..................................................................................................... 13 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ............................... 13 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS .............................................................................................13 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ....................................................................................... 13 3.2 ASBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ......................................................................... 13 4 5 6 7 7.1 7.2 8 8.1 9 10 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ..............................................................15 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK ........................................................15 CONCRETE .................................................................................................................... 16 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FUR CONCRETE WORK ........................................16 EXCAVATION.............................................................................................................. 16 FORMS......................................................................................................................... 16 REINFORCEMENT .......................................................................................................16 BASISOF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 17 OBSTRUCTIONS...........................................:...............................................................17 RESTORAT�ON OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT ..........................................................................................17 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS ................................................................ l.8 12 DEWATERING ...............................................................................................................18 12.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 18 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 19 12.2.1 DEWATERING COIVTROL ................................................................................... 19 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PR�DUCED GROUND WATER FROMANYNON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIT�ITY ........................... 19 13 SANITA,RY MANHOLES .............................................................................................. 21 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 21 13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 22 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJi1STMENT RINGS (GRADE .RINGS) ........................................ 22 13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 22 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 22 ' SectionIV 3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc 1 fl 10/11/2010 1 ' 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS .............................................................................................. 22 13.G CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 23 ' 14 SACKFILL .................................................................................................................:....23 15 STREET CROSSYNGS, ETC . ....................................................................................... 23 ' 16 RAISXNG OR LOWERING �F SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES................................................................................................................ 23 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 23 ' 17 UNSUITABLE MATERTAL REMOVAL ..................................................................... 24 17.1 BASrS OF MEASLTREMENT ...................:.................................................................. 24 ' 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................ ......................................... 24 18 UNDERDRAINS ............................................................................................................. 24 ' -- _.---1-8-.-1-_-ErASI-�OF-TbIEASUREM£�NT:��.�:�::.-:.-:. :.��:.:...:.�� ::..::.:.:............ _. -------- -- 2� 18.2 SASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 25 19 STORM SEWERS .......................................................................................................... 25 , 19.1 AS BUILT IN�'ORMATION ......................................................................................... 25 19.2 TESTING ......................................................................................................................25 19.3 BASTS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 26 ' 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FURCE MAINS .............................................................. 26 20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 26 ' 20.1.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 26 20.1.2 FORCEMAINPIPE .............................................................................................26 20.2 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 26 ' 20.2.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ .26 20.2.2 FORCEMAINPIPE ................................................. .27 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 27 ' 20.4 TESTING ......................................................................................................................27 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 27 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS .............................................................................. 28 , 20.5 BASIS OF FAYMENT ................................................................................................. 28 20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 28 20. 5. 2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................. ....... ........................................... .............. 28 ' 21 DR.AINAGE .....................................................................................................................28 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .......................................................................... 28 ' 22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 28 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT F4R BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 30 22.1. 2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . .. . ... . .. . . 3 0 ' 22.2 SUBGRADE ..................................:..............................................................................30 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT . 3 0 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................ 31 , 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MA►TERIALS .................................................................�. 31 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 31 , SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc ii roir rizo�o 1 � 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 '------ -- 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 ' 23..1.1 AGGREGATE .........................................................................................................31 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ................................................................................. 31 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES --- FLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITYAS SUR ANCE ............................................................................................ 31 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 32 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 32 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 33 23.6 CR.ACKS AND POTHOLE PRE�'AR.ATION .............................................................. 33 23.6.1 CRACKS ................................................................................................................33 , 23.6.2 POTHOLES ...........................................................................................................33 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 34 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 34 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTTC C�NCRETE .................................................................... 35 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 35 23.11 BASTS O� PAYMENT . . ... . .. . . 3S ......... ...... .. ................................................................. . .. .. 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FQR ASPHALT .................................. 36 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATYONS .............................................................. 36 25 .1 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 3 6 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................36 25.1.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................38 25.1.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................42 25.2 LANDSCAPE ...............................................................................................................45 25.2..1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................45 25.2.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................:...............50 25.2.3 EXECL77'ION .........................................................................................................53 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINYNG ................................................... 60 2b.1 26.2 2b.3 26.4 26.5 26.6 26.7 26.8 26.9 INTENT........................................................................................................................ 60 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTORIINSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 60 MATERIALS................................................................................................................ 60 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 61 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 61 LINER TNSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 62 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 62 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 62 PAYMENT.................................................................................................................... 62 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 62 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... G3 27.2 SASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 63 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 63 29 CONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................................................... 63 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 63 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 63 30 C�NCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRYVEWAYS ......................................................... 63 ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc ' iii 10/1 U2010 ■ ' ' 1 ' ' 1 � 1 1 t t ' 1 ' 1 1 1 3�.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ................ 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ............... 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT............ 3p.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ....................... ............................. ............................. ............................. 3lSODDING ........................................................................................... ........................... 63 ........................... 64 ........................... 64 ........................... 64 ........................... 64 32 SEEDING .........................................................................................................................65 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS �R OTHER STORM STRUCTURES................................................................................................................ 65 33.1 BUILT UP TYFE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 65 33.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 66 33.3 BA5I5 OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 66 34 MATERIAL USED ...................... ............................................................................... 66 . 3g----�ONFL-ICT SETW-E�N FL-ANS AND-3PE�Y-FICATiONS :..................................... 6C-- 36 STREET SIGNS .............................................................................................................. 66 37 AUDYO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 66 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING ................................ 66 37.2 SCHEDiJI.,ING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ................................................... 66 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDE�GRAPHERS ....................................................................... 67 37.4 EQUTPMENT ............................................................................................................... 67 37.5 RECORDED IN�'ORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 67 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ....................................................................... 67 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ............................................................................................ 67 37.8 LIGHTING ................................................................................................................... 68 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL .................................................................................................... 68 37.10 VIDEO T,OG/1NDEX ..... ............................................................................................. 68 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE ............................................................................................... 68 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ................................................................................... 68 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... G8 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 68 38.2 PROTECTTON AND STABILIZATION OP SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 69 38.3 PROTECTTON OF EXISTING STORM 5EWER SYSTEMS .................................... 69 38.4 SEDIMENT TR.APPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 69 38.5 SEDTMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................................... 69 38.6 WORKTNG 1N OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 69 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 70 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILYTY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 70 38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 70 38.10 COMPLIANCE .............................................................................................................70 39 UTILITY TIE ilv LOCATTON MARKING ................................................................. 73 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 73 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES....................................................................................................... 73 ' SectionlV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc 1 iv 10/] 1/2010 � ' ' 41.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 73 41.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 74 ' 41. 2.1 GENERAZ . . ... ........ .. . .... . .... ... . .. .. . ..... ........ . . .. .. . .... . ... .... . .... . . . .. . .. .. . .. . .... . ......... . .... ..... 74 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALSAND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 74 41.2.3 GATE YALVES ...................................................................................................... 76 41.2.4 YALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 76 ' 41.2.5 HYDRANTS ...........................................................................................................77 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 78 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPAIRS .................................................................. 78 ' 41.2.8 BACKFLOW P.REVENTERS ................................................................................ 78 41. 2. 9 TAPPl'NG SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 79 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 79 ' �41.3 CONSTRUCTION ............................................................. 79 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 79 9.1. 3. 2 PIPE LAYI'NG .................. ......... ................ ....... .......... ......... ...... . ... .... . .. .. ... . .... . .... .. 79 I 41. 3. 4 CONNEC OF YAL vES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS :.:::: : ----- --- _ ..............................: $1 ONS TO EXISTING LINES .................... .............................. 81 41.4 TEST5 ...........................................................................................................................82 ' 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 82 4.1.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 82 �F 1.5 STERILIZATION ......................................................................................................... 82 ' 41. S.1 STERILIZING AGENT ......................... ....... ..... .......... . ....................... .. .. . .... . .. ...... . $2 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 82 41. 5. 3 STERILIZATION PR�CED URE .................... .. ....... ........ ..... . ......... ........ ..... ......... 82 , 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................ 83 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 83 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 83 , 41. 6.1 GENERAL ....... . ...................... ....................... ....................... ........ ........... .... . .... ..... 83 41.6.2 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 84 41.6.3 FURNISHAND INSTALL FIT7'INGS ................................................................... 84 ' 41. 6. 4 CUO�� AND INSTALL GATE YAL C�ES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND 8� 4.1.6.5 FURN1"SHAND INSTALL FI'RE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 84 ' 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 85 43 TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 85 ' 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................... 85 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ............................................................................................. 85 43.1.2 BASE COURSE ..................................................................................................... 85 ' 43.1. 3 PRIME COAT ....................................................................................................... 85 43.1.4 LEVE.L.iNG COURSE ............................................................................................ 85 43.1. S SURFACE COURSE ..................................................... ...................... 85 . . . . ...... . 43.1.6 COZ�R COAT ...................................................................................................... 86 ' 43.2 CLAY TENN15 COURTS ............................................................................................ 87 43. 2.1 GENERAL ..... .. ................ ....... . ........ .... ..... .................. ....... ................. .... . .... . ......... 87 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ............................................................................................ 88 ' 43.2.3 SLOPE ................................................................................................................... $8 43.2. 4 BASE CONSTR UCTION ....................................................................................... 89 ' SectionTV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc v 1 ioii rizoio ' ! 43. 2. 5 PERIMETER C URBING .. ... .. . .. .. ... ... ....... ... . ... . . . .... . .. .. . .. .. . . . ... .. .. . .. . .... ........... .. .. .. .. . 89 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 89 ' 43.2. 7 ROOT BARRIER .................................................... ............................................... 89 43.2. 8 FENC.ING ............................................................................................................. 90 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS ....................................................................................................90 ' 43.2.10 COURTEQUIPMENT ..........................................................................................90 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE ........................................................................................... 92 43.2.12 WATER SDURCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 92 43. 2.13 CONCRETE . .... . .... . ..... .. ..... ...... ............... ..... ........ .. ....... .. . . .... ..... ... ..... ........ .. . . . ..... . 92 ' 43.2.14 EXISTI'NG SPORT TENNIS CO URT LIGHTING .................................... .... 92 ...... . 43. 2.1 S WATER C�OLER ................................................................................................. 93 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION ..............................................................................................93 ' 43.2.17 WARRANTY ...........................................................................................................93 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 94 44.� ORK ZONE� TRAFFI�C C NTROL pL, N�. ZONE;TRAF�'IC: CONTROL:..:::.:.. 94 --- - .... 94 94.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 94 ' 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ....................................................................... 95 �{4.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS ............................ 95 44.3.2 MAJ�R ARTERI'AL,S, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ................. 95 , 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS ......................................................... 95 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 9S 44.4 APPROVAL �F WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 95 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 96 ' 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAP�'TC CONTROL ............................................. 96 44.7 CERTI�'iCATION OF WORK ZONE TR,AFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 96 ' 45 ' ' ' 46 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .............................................................................. 96 45.1 INTENT .................................... 96 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 97 45.3 MATERTALS ................................................................................................................ 97 45.4 CLEANING/SUR�'ACE PREPARATION :................................................................... 97 45.5 TELEVISION TNSPECTION ....................................................................................... 98 45.6 LTNER 1NSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 98 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 98 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTI�N ....................................................................................... 98 45.9 PAYMENT ....................................................................................................................98 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLYPLINING ..................................... 99 ' 46.1 MATERTALS ................................................. 46.1.1 PIPE AND FI777NGS ............................ 46.1.2 QUALITYC�NTRO,� ............................ ' 46.1.3 SAMPLES ............................................... 46.1. 4 RF IECTI�N ...................................... ..... 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ...................................... ' 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES .................. 46. 3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ............................ 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS..... ' SectionIV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc ' vi ................................... 99 ................................... 99 ................................... 99 ................................... 99 ................................... 99 ................................. 100 ................................. 100 ................................. 100 ioniizora 1 1 1 1 1 ' _ 1 � 1 , ' ' ' , 1 ' 4c5.3. 3 PIPE JOINING ................................................................................................... 1 DO 4b. 3. 4 HANDLING UF FUSED PIPE ........................................................................... 100 46.4 SL�PLINING PROCEDURE ...................................................................................... 100 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTSAND DIMENSIONS .................................................... 100 46. 4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTI4N ......................................................................... 1 DO 46. 4. 3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS ........................................................ 101 46. 4.4 INSERTION �F THE LINER .............................................................................. 101 46. 4. 5 CONFIRMATI�N OF PIPE SIZES .......... ......... ... .... .......... . 101 46. 4. 6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQU.IRED .............................................. 101 46. 4. 7 BACKFILLI"NG ................................................................................................... 1 U2 46.4.8 POINTREPAIR ...................................................................................................102 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ................................................................................. 102 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ....................102 �7.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 102 __ - - - - _. . _ 47.2 MA-"1"�I�TALS ...............................................................................................................102 47.3 PIPE ............................................................................................................................ 102 47.4 JOTNING SYSTEM .................................................................................................... 103 47.5 FTTTTNGS ................................................................................................................... l 03 48 GUNITE SPECYFYCATIUNS ......................................................................................103 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT .............................................................................. 103 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ............... 103 48.3 COMPOSTTION ......................................................................................................... 103 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................ 104 48.5 MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. 104 48.6 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 104 48.7 REIN�'ORCEMENT ................................................................................................... 104 48.8 STORAGE �F MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 104 48.9 SURFACE PREI'ARATION ....................................................................................... 105 48.10 PROPORTIONING .....................................................................................................105 48.11 MIXING ......................................................................................................................105 48.12 APPLICATION ...........................................................................................................105 �8.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ....................................................................................... 106 48.14 SURFACE �'TNISH ..................................................................................................... 106 48.1 S CLIRING ..................................................................................................................... 106 4$.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ................................................................... 106 48.17 TNSPECTION ............................................................................................................. 107 48.18 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 107 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION .........................108 �49.1 SCOPE AND �iTENT ............................................................................................... 10& 49.2 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................. 108 49.3 FIBERGLASS LTNER PRODUCTS .......................................................................... 108 49.3.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................108 49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 109 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PR�DUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 109 49.4.1 MATERLA,LS .........................................................................................................110 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ...................................................................................... 110 ' SectionIV3.25.11T.LMFinal.doc ' vii raiiizoio � 1 1 � � 1 1 , 5 1 1 , 1 1 � ' 1 1 1 5 49.5 GROUTING NIIX ....................................................................................................... 110 49.7 LINER M1X ................................................................................................................ 110 49.8 WATER ........................................................................................................................111 49.9 OTHER MATERYALS .................................................................................................111 49.10 EQUTPMENT ..............................................................................................................11 l 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ........................................................................111 49.11.1 PREPARATION ....................................................................................................112 49.11.2 MLYING ................................................................................................................ 49.11. 3 SPRAYING .......... ............... ... ........................... . . . . ....... .. . .. .. . .............. . . ........ . ....... .112 49.11. 4 PR4D UCT TESTING ..........................................................................................112 49.11.5 CURING ...............................................................................................................112 49.11. 6 MANH�LE TESTIIVG AND ACCEPTANCE .......................................................113 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES L1NER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 113 49.12.1 SCOPE .................................................................................................................113 49.12.2 MATERIALS .........................................................................................................113 - -------- ---- --------------....... . 49.12. 3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTIQN .. ................. .......... ....... ...... .. ........ .........115 0 PR�JECT INF�RMATION SIGNS ...........................................................................117 1 YN-L1NE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM .............................................................117 51.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 117 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ..................................................................................... 11$ 51.2.1 ASPHALT .............................................................................................................118 51. 2. 2 CONCRETE ............................................... ....... .. . ....... ... ..... .................................118 51.2.3 COURT PATCHBINDER MIX ............................................................................118 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FTLLER COAT ......................................................... 118 S 1.Q APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE .......................................................... 119 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .................................................................................... 119 51.6 PLAYING L1NES .......................................................... ......................................... 119 51.7 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 119 51.8 LIMITATIONS ........................................................................................................... 119 52 RESIDENT NOTTFICATION �F START OF CONSTRUCTION .........................120 53 GAB�ONS AND MATTRESSES ..............................:.................................................. 120 53.1 MATERIAL ................................................................................................................ 120 53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MA7TRESS MATERIAL .................................................. 120 53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL : .............................................. 122 53.1.3 MA7TRESS WIRE ............................................................................................... 123 53.1.4 GEOTF.�Y77LE FABRIC ....................................................................................... 123 53.2 PERFORMANCE .......................................................................................................123 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................................124 54.1 SCO�E ........................................................................................................................ 124 54.2 SCHEDULII�TG OF WORK ........................................................................................ 124 54.3 W�RK METHODS .................................................................................................... 12S 54. 3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING ....................................................................... I ZS 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERYICE VISIT ........................................................................... 125 54.4 LIT"I'ER .......................................................................................................................125 54.5 VISUAL CHECK ....................................................................................................... 125 ' SectionlV3.25.11LLMFinaLdoc 1 viii 10/11/20I0 � 1 1 1 � 1 , � --- - . . S 1 ' 1 , 5 1 1 1 1 ' 54.b PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRLTNING .......................................................... 12S 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)..... 125 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL .................................................................................................. 125 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................ 126 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ............................................................................................ 126 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION .......................................................................................... 12b 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA ......................................................... 126 54.13 MULCH CONDITION ............................................................................................... 126 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .................................................................... 126 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ..................................................... 126 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATI�N ............................................................................................ 126 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ............................................................................................ 127 5�.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ................................................................................................. 127 5�.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ....................................................................................... 127 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .............................................................................. 127 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... 127 S MILLING OPER.ATIONS ...........................................................................................128 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ...................................... 128 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 128 55.3 SALUAGEABLE MATERIALS ................................................................................. 129 55.4 DISI'OSABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 129 55.5 AD.TUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROLTND UTILITIES .................. 129 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 129 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................ 129 SS.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 130 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 130 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 130 6 CLEARINGAND GRUSBING ...................................................................................130 56.1 BASIS �F MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 130 Sb.2 BASIS O�' PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 130 57 57.1 57.2 58 58.1 58.2 59 59.1 60 60.1 RIPRAP.........................................................................................................................130 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 130 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 131 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................131 HAZARD POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 131 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 131 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ................................ BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ............................................ S�GNING AND MARKING .............................................................................. BASYS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ............................................ ........131 ........ 132 ........132 ........ 132 , 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING ..............................................................................................132 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 132 � SectionIV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc ' �x i[Ilii►i�ili[1] � 1 1 ' ' 1 ' ' _ 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' ' ' , 1 ' 1 62 TREE PROTECTION .................................................................................................. 133 b2.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 133 62.2 ROOT PRUNTNG ....................................................................................................... 133 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 134 63 PROJECT WES PAGES ..............................................................................................135 63.1 WES PAGES DESIGN ............................................................................................... 135 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 135 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 135 63.4 MAPS AND GR.APHICS ........................................................................................... 136 63.5 IIVTER.ACTIVE FORMS .........................................:.................................................. 136 63.6 POSTING ....................................................................................................................136 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ............................................................................................ 136 SectionI V3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc X ioiiiizoio � ' 1 1 ' Section IV—Technical SpeciFications 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: DESTGN & CONSTRUCTION OF A COMPRESSED NATUR.AL GAS FILLING STATIUN Project Number: RPF 27-10 , Scope af Work: Construct Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) filling station on Hercules Ave, based on Cardno, � TBE 100% design plans sheets, (project # ST106548) and Owner Direct Purchase election listing, as set forth below. , G1 Cover Sheet C-2 Aerial E�chibit C-3 General Notes ' C-4 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan C-5 Demalition Plan C-6 Site/Horizontal Control Plan , C-7 Paving, Grading, Drainage Plan and Utility Plan C-8 Erosion Control Details C-9 Site Details ' C-10 Paving, Grading, and Drainage Details C-11 Utility Details ' L-1 Landscape Plan L-2 Landscape Notes L-3 Landscape Details � SV-1 Survey SV 2 Survey , 1 ' 1 , Owner Direct Purchase election list: List of ODP Items to be included in the Appendix of the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Docurnents section of the Contract Documents. Construction Activities: 1. Pre-Construction Meeting with Project Owner 2. Weekly On-Site Meeting with Project Owner's representative 3. Develop a 24-Week Schedule from NOC / Permit Approval 4. Erosion control (silt fence, BMP...) (sheet C-8) ' SectionIV3.25.11I,LMFinal.doc 1 Page 1 of 136 ] 0/11/2010 Section IV—Technical $pecifications Soil Borizag Tests/Soil Cornpacting Tests/Concrete Cylinders Tests / Concrete slump /strength tests by a 3`d party engineet'ing/testing company; Demalition plans (sheet C-5) Site work, grading, and retention pond (sheet C-7) Traf�ic Control / MOT Dust Control 10. All underground / above ground concrete works that are necessary to complete a CNG fueling station as shown on the plans; e.g., footing that are sized to suppart the 54' x 68' canopy with 20' clearance from drive slab 11, Asphalt paving as shawn on the plans (sheet C-10) 12. Furnish and install one standard 54' by 68' canopy with six (6) steel columns with full length PVC drains; 20-gauge x 16" wide embossed pre-finished white galvurne decking with 16 gauge galvanized brackets; up to 18 LSI Scottsdale 2�0 Watt �xtures 13. Hook up weather proaf electrical panels and gears to wir�/intercannect all equipments (compressors, emergency generator, card reader(s), pumps 14 15 Painting/striping/marking of traffic directions �'ence as per plans or as required if concrete pad is bigger 16. All underground / above-ground gas piping (irorn the meter to the final connections; street piping/gate valve to meter connection are by local gas company) 17. Coordinate with Cardno TBE Engineering to complete the final permit set af plans 18. GC will provide as-built plans at the end of project and Cardna TBE Engineering will certify the as-built plans as completion of the project 19. GC will obtain all final approvals and inspection certifications as part af close out documents; The Contractor shall provide 1 fixed {Fixed/Portable} project signs as described in SECTION II�, ARTTCLE 23 of the Contract Dacuments. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule af work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required above the indicated amount due to the Cantractor's schedule of work, which will be provide at no additional cost to the Owner. CONTR.ACT PERIOD: 180 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS SectionIV3.25.11 LLMPinal.doc Page 2 of 136 � 1 ' ' ' 1 � ' ' 1 1 1 � 1 ' � 1 1 10/11/2010 ' 1 � 1 ' , 1 1 1 , , ' 1 1 1 ' � 1 1 1 1 � Section IV — Technical Specifications � CI7Y OF CLEqRWATER RfP NO. 27•10, Clty ProJect N0. 30•0043GA Gardna S�p TABULqT10N rB� COMpRE55Eh NA7URAL GAS �ILLING STA710N �,�,;�y,�Fny,� 1010 N. NERCULES AVE AT THE CLEARWATER AIRPARN CIEARWATER, PLORIDA Thursday, Aprll 07, 2011 A 8 Item Description Quantiry Unit Schedulad Value Construt[ion/Site Work 1 Speclal Provlslons (Mo6allzatlon,Constructlon Staking, Utlllry and Geatech Testing, Const. Slgnage, As-bullts, 1 LS $ 61,917.00 2 DemoUtlon (Chain Llnk Fence (CLF} and Gates, Asphalt / Conuete Qrlve, Cur6, Sldewelk, ett.) 1 LS $ 64,557.00 3 Tree 6arrlcades 275 LF $ 4,125.00 4 Staked Silt Fence 790 LF S 2,290.00 5 Baled Hay or Straw- Inlet Protettion 15 EA S 750.00 6 Soil7recking Preventlon Device (gravel tre 1 EA 5 3,500.00 7 Clearin and Gru661ng 1 AC $ 14,250_00 8 FicCOVBtiO�, UnsWwble Material Removal and Disposal (allowance) 89 CY $ 3,735.00 9 Earthwork - Net FIII Materlal w/ 25%allowance for compactlon and waste 100 CY S 7,580.00 SD Earthwork - Gradln Rough and Finalj 1 LS 5 75,000.00 11 Relocatlon / AdJustmenl of Ex. Structures (Existing Storm Inlet and OHE Wlres / Poles) 1 LS $ IU,DD0.00 12 Ditch.Bottom Inlet (FDOTType'C') - Pre(a6 Concre[e 1 EA $ 3,860.Oa 13 Oltch Bixk (Splllway - Concrete 3 EA S 5,4D0.00 14 Curb (per Clty Type I) - Concrete 660 LF S 7,920.00 15 TrefFic Separator (FbO� - Canue[e 1 EA $ 3,570_00 16 Valtey Gutcer (per Clearwater petall) - Concrece 85 LF 5 1,275.00 17 PI 15-inch RCP -Cancrete 4Z I.F $ 4,2pD.00 18 Rlprap - Cancrete 3 EA 5 3,000.00 19 Asphaltic Concrete (On-site, 2' Type 5-III� 1,086 SY $ 13,750.00 20 Roadway 9ase - Crushed Concrete (9" LBR 100 Compacted eo 98% T-180 1,127 SY 5 12,500.00 21 Sub rede Preparetlon (12' min Denslty 95% Madlfled Proctor) ?,170 SY $ 11,250.00 22 Asphaltic Concrete (ROW, 3' 7ype PC-q 60 SY 5 3,000.00 23 Roadway 8ase - Crushed Concrete (1D.5" LBR 100 Com cted to 98%T-180) 67 SY $ 4,092,00 24 Su6grade Preparatlon (12' min LBR 40 Campatted to 98%T-180j 75 SY $ 3,600.00 25 Pavemen[ - Concrete �ispenser Area (Class I, 7" thitk, min 4,000 psi, jofnt relnforcement only) 470 SY 5 46,850.00 26 Su6grade PreparaUon (9" k value of 150 pCl compacted to 98%Modlfled Proctor) 520 SY 5 25,100.00 27 Slab - Concrete (6-Inch relnforced for 2 compressors and 1 enerator ad) 70 SY $ 13,650.00 2$ Subgrade Preparallon (12' min LBR AD Compa[ted to 98%T-180) 77 SY $ 3,55D.00 29 Sidewalk - Concrate (Class I, 5' wlde by 4" Ihltk, min 3,OD0 psi, no relnforcement) 2 SY $ 900.00 30 Curb Ramp - Conuete 2 EA $ 4,800.00 31 Bollards - Concrete 8 EA $ 2 400.00 32 Pevement Markings -All Mlscellaneous Strlpin 1 l5 $ 1,SDD.00 33 Trafflc Slgnage (Stap RI-1 w/ post) 2 LS S 4$p•00 34 Fencing (Clty of Clearwater Te<hnic.al S clflcapon Ch 43.2.8, 6-ft w/ 3-Strands barded wlre) 940 LF $ 10,500.00 35 Fencing Gates (Clry of Clearwater Technital Speclflcatlon Ch 43.2.8, 1-10 h wide, 1-12 k wide) 2 fA S 3,200.00 36 Hose elbbs 2 EA $ 680.OD 37 Water lateral (1" Poly) 130 LF S 5,08D.00 3$ Planting Trees, 5hru6s and Plantg -Trees: (Llve Oak) 4 EA $ 1,440.p0 39 Planting Trees, Shrubs and Plants - Trees: (Cs6bage Palm) (3 new / 1[ransplant) 9 EA 5 1,200.00 40 Planting Trees, Shrubs and Plants -Trees: (Crape Myr[te) 1.3 EA $ 2,465.00 41 Planting Trees, Shrubs end Plants - Shrubs: (Fountaln Grass) 28 EA $ 700.00 92 planting Trees, Shrubs and Plants - Shrubs: (Podocerpus) 78 EA $ 2,450.00 q3 Planting Trees, Shru6s and Plenu - Ground Cover : Varle ated Flax LIII 726 EA $ 61D0.00 40. Planting Trees, Shrubs and Plants - Ground Cwer : Contederate lasmine 31 EA S 496.U0 45 Sodding: Argentine Bah1a Including Wa[erin and FBrUIIEBr 16,717 SY $ 8 358.D0 46 Mulch (min 3' Pine Bark, see detall) 30 SY $ 2,517.00 47 Canopy Ughting and Elettrital Equipment Huok Up 1 l5 $ 27,750.00 48 Canap Structure end Cancrete Dlspenser Islands 1 LS 5 125,750.00 49 Techniwl Labor for Installation oF CNG Equipment 1 5 50,000.00 RFP CONTRUCTI�N TOTAL S 613,037.00 10% CONTINGENCY 6],303.70 70TAL CON5TRUC710N COST S e74,s4o.7o SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 3 of 136 �. City of Clearwater; Equipment - Direct Purchase DESIGN & CON5TRUCTION OF CQMPRESSED NATURAL GAS FILLING STA710N CI7Y OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA RFP NO. 27-10 1. Gaz ack 70 Com resslon Module 5470 Qt 1 480 OOO.OQ Arranged.for Gas. Engine_ pri.ue,..Natural G.as .Po.wered 1000 SCFM @ 251 psi inlet pressure or 639 SCFM @ 10p psi inlef pressure *'`* .Option for Electric Units available upon request 2. Refurbished TCM Backu Cam ressor Qt 1 1qp 000.00 250-350 SCFM @ 100psi 3. Dual Hose Bus Fuelin Dis enser Qt 2 45 487.00 each 90 974.00 Twin High Hose Stand Alone Bus CNG Fueling Dispenser 4. Dual Hose Car Dis enser Qt 1 44137.00 Twin High Hose 5tand Alone Bus CNG Fueling pispenser 5. Mi h-Pressure Tubin 1p 000.00 Stainless Steel Tubing meeting NFPA-52 Requirements 6. FuelMaster 2500 Plus Card Reader S stem t 2 17 500.OD each 35 000.00 7. ASME CNG Stora e S heres t 3 36 000 108 000.00 8. Tp25 Li uid Cooled Gas �n ine Generator Set Q 1 75 000.00 Total: Page 4 of 13b � ' 1 1 ' 1 , ' ' 1 ' 1 � ' � $ 883,111 1 1 1 , , � ' ' ITEM NO. D�SCRIPTION 1 Gazpack 70 Campression Module (547U) Initial Desiqn: Based on initial information available at this time, Caterpillar engines would propose the G3412 gas ' engine for this particular application, as this will provide sufficient power at the required direct coupled speed of 1500 rpm (max). There wpuld need to be finalized design work to establish engine and ' compressor compatibility and there would need to be a decision from a user perspective as to whether a standard gas engine or Class 1, Div 2 Group D classified engine is required for the project. Com r�ssor T e of Coolin : Air Cooled Com ression Sta e 3 No. of C linders: 6 C linder , Confiquration: Maximum Intake Temu: +45_C�Drive mode: Direct D Pressure at Compressor Inlet: Compressor Working Pressure: 3625 psig (250 bargCompressor Speed rpm: 1�F75 rpm (nominal) Compressor Capacity: 1029 scfm (measureRecommended Prime MP 355 HP ' 1 g� Stage 2�d Stage 2 x 58 mm single acting 3�a Stage 2 x 40 mm single acting Stroke 80 mm Proposed Equipment Specification Breakdown ' Item No:-1-Gaznack 70 Comqressor unit to the specifications below. Unit will be packaged into an open baseplate module Gen�ral Specification and description of Gaxpack 70 Compression Module (5470): The model 5470 ' is a multi-stag� air cooled compressor designed and manufactured by CompAir UK Ltd (Reavell) who are accredited with IS09001 approval by Lloyd's Register Quality Assurance Limited. The design canforms to international standards and utilizes advanced concentric inlet and outlet valves developed specifically ' for Natural Gas. �ach compressor pressurized component is subject to a hydraulic proving test and the final assembly is perFormance tested and certified. State of the art technology is appli�d to the piston ring design to ensure reliability and oil control with polymer rings fitted to the final stage. Low compression ' ratios are achieved with three, four or five stage compressors, dependant on the gas supply pressur�, to ensure lower stage gas temperatures and therefore optimum efficiency resulting in reduced wear. "W' cylinder configuration off�rs low out of balance farces and reduced transmitted vibration and reduces the need for special foundations. , General Features: ' O Gas tight crankcase at stated inlet pressure � Compressor flywheel half coupling 0 Inter-stage coolers far all stages � Final cooler , � Oil pump, Oil filter & Oil Pressure Gauge � Oil cooler 0 Gas tight Oil filling system ' 0 Crankcase breather piped back to suction � Oil/moisture separators appropriate for selected cylinder configuration O Automatic condensate drain system for all separators to remov� oil/moisture periodically and ease , starting O Compressor instrumentation/pratection devices including: Inlet pressure gauge High inlet pressure protection switch , Low inlet pressure protection switch O Compressor stage pressure gauges o Oil pressure gauge ' o Combined temperature indicators and cut-out switches for each compressian cylinder o High pressure protection switches on each compression stage � ' Page 5 of 136 o Low oil level protection switch in compressor sump o Low oil pressure protection switch � Separator drain valves piped to collection drain block suitable for connection to the gas recovery system � Safety relief valves on and each stage of compression, connected to common manifold suitable to allow dispersion of gas via a vent stack � Interconnecting pipe-work between cylinders, coolers and separators Item No. 2 Drive Arran em�nt confi ured for the fittin of the as en ine drive For this project the request is for the GP70 unit ta be driven by a natural gas engine which will be provid�d and installed. Item No. 3 Gas Inlet Train General Snecification and description of qas inlet train: Main gas inlet connection point: Flanged connectian Inlet low pressure piping: Carbon steel pipe and suitable fittings for natural gas duty Inlet manual isolating valve: To allow manual isolation of the NGV system from supply mains. Inlet filter: Inlet filter installed in suction line to with moisture and particles from the gas supply line entering the compression system Inlet relief valve: To protect the inlet side from too high a gas inlet pressure. Pressure gauge: Gives indication of gas inlet pressure. Non return valve: To prevent gen�ral return of gas back to main supply pipe may cause damage to sensitive equipment such as the main supply meter Inlet actuated valve: Actuated isolating valve signaled to open on compressor running to allow gas into system. In event of system failure, valve automatically closes to prevent loss of gas. Flexible connections: Included where necessary to connect sections of gas inlet train. PLEAS� NOTE: The level of equipment proposed by Wise Gas does not include a gas inlet metering or any assaciated equipment within its scope. Item No. 4 Gas Delivery Svstem General Specification and description of gas delivery system: High pressure piping: Stainless steel piping with stainless steel compression fittings. Non return valve: Fitted to prevent gas return from the delivery gas line Back pressure maintaining valve: Fitted into the high pressure delivery line ta maintain a constant baCk pressure on the compressor and filtration system. Discharge isolating valve: Final isolating valve prior to termination point of high pressure delivery line within the compression module. Filter: Delivery Caalescer Filter Final gas exit connection: Sized to suit compressor operating pressure and capacity of system. Item No. 5 Packa ed �lectrical Work General specification and Description of Packaged Electrical Work: Items of electrical �quipment on the compressor unit will be pre-wired in order to assist with electrical installation time at site. System protection devices will be wired in accordance with standards for "intrinsically safe" systems. This will be in blue flex cable with suitable glands into a polycarbonate terminal box on the set. Cabling will supported in galvanized cable tray and fixed in position with nylan cable ties if appropriate to the set configuration. Page 6 of 136 � 1 ' 1 ' ' 1 ' � ' 1 1 , , 1 ' ' ' , 1 � ' 1 Item No. 6 Testina $� Documentation ' Standard factory "spin-up" test with air�at CompAir works using a slave motor. Pre-dispatch inspection Test for gas tightness throughout compression path under running conditions. �J 1 ' ' , ' Additional Supplied Equipment Prime mover, a CNG powered engine, preferred supplier Caterpillar or Cummins including installation onto the main equipment baseplate, including: Direct drive clutch & flexible coupling arrangement Compressor gas recovery system, camprising: Recovery vessel Automatic drain arrangement for liquids within the recovery vessel CNG Dryer Condensate collection (as appropriate to customer's requirements) Main Equipment Starting & Control System, including Gas engine start 8� cantrol features Links to the compressor control system + unloading Lead Time Period The dispatch period for the equipment will be approximately 20-22 working weeks from receipt of official order and confirmation of all technical and commercial matters. ITEM NO. 2 Refurbished TCM Backup Compressor , Refurbished TCM Compressor Package (specs will be provided at contract) Refurbished by Wis� Gas, Inc. to operate as a backup compressor capable of providing a minimum of 352 SCFM of production in the event that the primary compressor is down. 1 � 1 , � 1 1 1 ' ITEM NO. 3 Twin High Hose Stand Alone Bus CNG Fueling Dispenser 7GT-T72p3-6CNG50: All n�w electronics manufactured in US, Alpha Numeric display shows status of fill or display. Changes to setup done through keypad or RS232 port via laptop. Sale and Volume are 9/0 inch high visible backlit displays. Dispenser is three-line dispenser that independently meters the gas and gives you a display on both sides of the dispenser. Micro Motion � CNG50 sensor used to achieve flow rate of 1500cfm in standard configuration. Dispenser has 2, 4-20mA outputs that can send flow or gas temperature to remote controller. Dispenser has dry contact and 120VAC hook switch for "in use" signal. Micro Motion� meters and transmitt�rs located within dispenser body (factory calibrated). AGA 1-93 appraved Parker Parflex CNG fill hose. In-line type breakaway with unique vent breakaway attached to fill hose. ASME pressure relief valve inside dispenser cabinet with vent stack up through body. Secondary over pressure switch in the event of over pressure of vehicle. Cabinet is constructed of 11- gauge cold rpll steel with a powder-coated finish (stainless steel material is optianal). Dispenser doors, faces, and base are made from stainless steel then powder coated. The high hose body style gives you the look of a contemporary gasoline dispenser. Dispenser temperature compensates fill pressurE of gas and electronically sequences gas from storage to disp�nser via proven algorithm. All sequencing valves mounted internally. Dispenser communicates with card reader via pulse. Each Includes: Qty 2- Three-Bank Solenoid Sequencing Valves Qty 2 - Pressure Gauge Page 7 of 136 Qty 2- In-Line Hose Break-away Qty 2- Manual Shutoff Valve (mounted on dispenser body) Qty 1- Powder Coated Cold Roll Carban Steel Body (Stainless Steel Optional) Qty 2- Micro Motion CNG50 Mass Flow Meters Qty 2- ASME Relief Valve Qty 1- Concrete Island Box Pit Form Qty 2- 12 (3.6m)' x 3/8"45n0(mil) Hose Assembly (electrically conductive CNG twin hose) Qty 1- Backlit TGT Electronic Dual Hose Head Qty 1-Two Drop Sequencing Solenoid Valve Panel Remote from Dispenser Qty 2- NGV1 Type 1 Refueling Nozzle Sherex CT1000 Qty 2- Parker Finite J2SD Filters in Dispenser w/ Black and Bleed Valves Stainless Steel Body with Powder Coat Paint Qty 1 - Pressure Regulator 1/2 " Hose Upgrade ITEM NO. 4 Twin High Hose Stand Alone Car CNG Fueling Dispenser iGT-T7203-6CNG50: All new electronics manufactured in U5, Alpha Numeric display shows status of fill or display. Changes to setup done through keypad or RS232 port via laptop. Sale and Volume are �/4 inch high visible backlit displays. Dispenser is three-line dispenser that independently meters the gas and gives you a display on both sides of the dispenser. Micro Motion � CNG50 sensor used to achieve flaw rate of 1500cfm in standard configuration. Dispenser has 2, 4-20mA outputs that can send flow or gas temperature to remote controller. Dispenser has dry contact and 120VAC hook switch for "in use" signal. Micro Motion� meters and transmitters located within dispenser body (factary calibrated). AGA 1-93 approved F'arker Parflex CNG fill hose. In-line type br�akaway with unique vent breakaway attached to fill hose. ASME pressure r�lief valve inside dispenser cabinet with vent stack up through body. Secondary over pressure switch in the event af over pressure of vehicl�. Cabinet is constructed of 11- gauge cold roll steel with a powder-coated finish (stainless st�;el material is optional). Dispenser doors, faces, and base are made from stainless steel then powder coated. The high hose body style gives you the look of a contemporary gasoline dispenser. Dispenser t�mperature compensates fill pressure of gas and electronically sequences gas from storage to dispenser via proven algorithm. All sequencing valves mounted internally. Dispenser communicates with card reader via pulse. Each Includes: Qty 2- Three-Bank Solenoid 5equencing Valves Qty 2 - Pressure Gauge Qty 2- In-Line Hose Break-away Qty 2- Manual Shutoff Valve (mounted on dispenser body) Qty 1- Powder Coated Cold Roll Carbon 5teel Body (Stainl�ss Steel Optional) Qty 2- Micro Motion CNG50 Mass �low Meters Qty 2- ASM� Relief Valve Qty 1- Concrete Island Box Pit Form Qty 2- 12 (3.6m)' x 3/8"450Q(mil) Hose Assembly (electrically conductive CNG twin hose) Qty 1- Backlit TG7 Electronic Dual Hose Head Qty 1-7wo Drop Sequencing Solenoid Valve Panel Remote from Dispenser Qty 2- NGV1 Type 2 Refueling Nozzle Qty 2- Parker Finite J2SD. Filters in Dispenser w/ Block and Bleed Valves Qty 1 - Pressure Regulator Stainless Steel Body with Powder Coat Paint Page 8 of 136 1 1 1 ' ' , ' 1 ' 1 , r 1 1 � 1 , , 1 � ' ' 1 ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION 5. High-Pressure iubing High Pressur� Stainless Steel Tubing meeting N�PA-52 Requirements ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION 6 FuelMaster 2500 Plus Fuel Card Reader System ' FuelMaster 2500 Plus Fuel Card Reader System with Flash memory to allow updating the fuel island operating system with�ut changing chips. Supports network cards to allow internet access, offers flexibility in customization of reports, communicated directly with electronic dispensers to permit ' interfaces with blended MPDs and the capability of remotely changing the dispenser prices. 2 hose controllers Pedestal Modem ' Surge protection 51 Fuel Master PRP-2500 Pedestal Receipt Printer Fu�l Master 227$3$A WINDOWS saftware ' 1 1 �1 ' ' 1 C_� ' ITEM NO. D�SCRIPTION 7 ASME CNG Storage Spheres 48" Interior Diameter Storage Spheres, 5500 PSIG design pressure. Manufactured and stamped per ASME Code, Section VIII, Division 2. Each sphere includes one (1) 1" relief valve and one (1)'/Z" drain valv�. Each sphere is mounted �n a skirt with a base plate, sand-blasted, primed, top-coated white and stenciled "For CNG Only" ITEM N0. D�SCRIPTION $ QT025 Liquid Cooled Generator Set All input conections in one single area High coolant temperature shutdown Low oil pr�ssure shutdown Overspeed automatic shutdown Crank timer Exercise timer Oil drain extension Cool flow radiator Closed coolant recovery system UV/�zone resitant hases Watertight state of the art electrical connectors Mainline circuit breaker Radiator drain extension Battery charge alternator 2 Amp static battery charger Battery cables Battery rack Fan and belt guards Isochronous governor 1 Features: ' ' � Page 9 of 136 Innovative design and fully prototype tested UL2200 Listed Solid state frequency compensated voltage regulator Dynamic and static battery charg�r Sound attenuated acoustically designed enclosure Quiet test for low noise level exercise Acoustically designed engine cooling system Wigh flow low noise factory engineered exhaust system State of the art digital control system with R10Q digital control panel Watertight electrical connectors Rodent praof construction High efficiency, low distortion Generac designed alternator Vibration isolated from mounting base Matching Generac transfer switches engineered and tested to work as a system All components easily accessible for maintenance Electrostatically applied powder paint Total of Equipment Scape of Work: $883,111 Payment Schedule: City shall pay equipment invoices in accordance with the following schedule: •$373,244.40 due at execution of this CON7RACT to get the equipment ordered and built • 40% due upon completion of the equipment priar to shipment ($883,111 * 40%= $353,24A.p0) • 7.09'o due upon Certificate of Use ($883,111 * 1p%= $ 88,311.00) • $ 68,311_60 due 90 days after Certificate of Use and upon acceptance of all equipment Page 10 of 136 ■ , 1 ' � 1 1 1 ' , ' ' � , r � � � 1 ' � ' Section IV — Technical Specifications I '1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST ' Project Name: DESYGN & CONSTRUCTTON OF A COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS FILLING STAT�ON Project Number: RPF 27-10 ' The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this cantract ii tnarked "X" as shown below: � 1 � Sco e Of Work 2.1 � Line and Grade Shall Be performed B The Contractor 2.2 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Ci � 3 Definition Of Terms 4 � Order And Location Of The Work 5 Excavation For Under round Work ' 6 � Concrete 7 � Excavation And Farms For Concrete Work 8 Reinforcement , 9 Obstructions 1 Q Restoration Or Re lacement Of Drivewa s, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 1 l Work In Easements Or 1'arkwa s ' l2 Dewaterin 13 ❑ Sanita Manholes 14 � Backfill 15 ❑ Street Crossin s, Etc. ' 16 ❑ Raisin Or Lowerin Of Sanitar Sewer, Storm Draina e Structures 17 � Unsuitable Material Removal ' 18 Underdrains 19 Storm Sewers 20 ❑ Sanita Sewers And Force Mains ' 21 � Draina e -- - 22 � Roadwa Base And Sub rade 23 � As haltic Concrete Materials � 24 � Ad'ustment To The Unit Bid Price For As halt 25 � General Plantin S ecifications 26 ❑ Hd e Deformed - Reformed Pi e Linin , 27 � Plant Mix Drivewa s 28 Re ortin Of Tonna e Of Rec cled Materials 29 Concrete Curbs ' 3� Concrete Sidewalks And Drivewa s 31 � Saddin 32 Seedin ' 33 Storm Manholes, Inlets Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 � Material Used 35 � Conflict Between Plans And S ecifications ' 36 � Street Si ns 3'7 ❑ AudioNideo Recordin Of Work Areas _ � SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 11 of 136 10/11/2010 � 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 � 2.1 Section IV — Technical Specificntions Erosion And Siltation Control Utility Tie In Location_Markin� Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and , Gas S�tem Specifications Tennis Courts � Work Zone Traffic Control Cured-In-Place Pi e Linin S�ecifications far Polyethylene Sliplining S�ecifications for Polyvinyl Chlaride Ribbed Pipe Gunite Sp�cifications Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoraciqn Project Information Signs In-Line Skatin� Surfacing �stem � Resident Notificatian of Start of Construction Gabions and Mattresses Lawn Maintenance Specifications � Clearin and Grubbin ❑ Ri ra Treatment Plant Safe Traffic Si nal E ui ment and Materials ❑ Si nin And Markin ❑ Roadwa Li htin � Tree Protection Pro'ect Web Pa es FIELD ENGINEERING LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERF�RMED BY THE C�NTRACT�R The Cantractor shall provide and pay for fteld engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provid� three (3) complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section TTI (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.'I GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer, The Contractor shall locate and protect cantrol points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent praperiy corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remave or SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal,doc Page 12 of 136 lU/11/2Q1D � , ' 1 ' � � ' ' , 1 1 ' � 1 � , , 1 � � ' ' � r � , , 1 ' 1 � 1 Section IV — Technical 5peci£cations disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to th� proximity of canstruction work, the Cantractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Cantractor shall layout the work at the locatian and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in noteboaks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings far the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this pcoject. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence af Cantractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100,00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Recard construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION IIY, ARTICLE l- DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. �'or the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Praposal Sheet is appraximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upan which the award of the contract is ta be made. The City does not assume any respansibility that the final quantities will rernain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead xnisunderstandings or deception because o F such estimate of quantities ar of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENGE STANDARDS ' Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt oibids, unless specifically stated otherwise. ' 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ' 1 1 Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute A1SI American Iran and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Associatian AMCA Air Moving and Conditianing Associatian, Inc. ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal,doc ' Page 13 af 136 10/11/2010 ANSI APA ASAE ASCE ASHRAE ASME ASSE ASTM AWG AWMA AWS AW WA CFR CISPI CRSI CS DEP DOT EPA FAC FBC FFPC FGC FMC FPC FedSpec HI IBBM TEEE IPS MIL NAAMM NBFU NEC NEMA NFPA NPT NWMA PCA PCI SBC SBCCI SDI SFPC SGC SJT SMACCNA SectionTV3.25,11LLMFinal.doc Section IV —T'echnical Specifications American National Standards Institute American Plywood Association American Society of Agricultural Engineers American Society of Civil Engineers American Society of Heating Refrig�rating and Air Conditioning American Society o�Mechanical Engineers American Society of Sanitary Engineering American Society for Testing and Materials American Wire Gauge Aluminurn Window Manufacturer's Association American Welding Society Americazz Water Works Association Code of Federal Regulations Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Cancrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards Department of Environmental Protection (Flarida) Department of Transportation (Florida) Environmental Protection Agency Florida AdminisCrative Code Florida Building Code Florida Fire Prevention Code Flarida Gas Code Florida Mechanical Code Florida Plumbing Code Federal Specifications Standards of Hydraulic Institute Iron Body, Sronzed Mounted Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Iron Pipe Size Military Specification National Ass�cialion ofArchitectural Metal Manufacturers National Board of Fire Underwriters National Electrical Code National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire ProtecCion Association National Pipe Thread National Woadwork Manufacturers' Association Portland Cement Association Prestressed Concrete Institute Standard Building Code (SBCCI) Southern Building Code Cangress Tnternational, Inc. Steel Door Institute Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) Steel Joist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Page 14 of 136 � ' ' � � � � ' ' � 1 � ' � ' ' 1 , 10/11/2010 � ' � ' � 1 1 , ' � 1 1 1 ' 1 ' ' Section IV -- Technical Speci�cations Association SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council ofAmerica UL Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTTCLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE woxx. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the praposed work while at all times rnaintaining the safety af the workmen, th� general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methads of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupatianal Sa%ty and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractar. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a"Competent Persan" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey lacation work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with thc OS�IA �xcavation Safety Requirements are ta anly enler an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishrnent of the City's wark at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract ta not contain � sufficient quantities to allow the contractor ta perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no sharing systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to confarm to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the ' Cantractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the arnount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. ' Nat mare than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed wark unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. Far pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider an each side than ' Section1V3.25.11LLMFinel.doc Page 15 of l36 ]0/11/201p ' Section IV — Technical Specitications the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, ta allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excapting at jaints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direcC, without compensation. 6 CQNCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Cantrol of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Tnstitute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society oiTesting Materials. Unless atherwise sp�cified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall confarm to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" ta 5", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement oi less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereoi exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. ri 7.'I EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrate is ta be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said cancrete woxk before the farms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the d�,�� 7.2 FORMS �orms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. E:�:»I�I%]:Z�]�I►�il�� When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A b15, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel 5ectionIV3.25.11LLMFinaLdoc Page 16 of 136 10/11/2010 � � 1 1 � , � � , , � � ' ' 1 i , ' � , � 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV--Technical Speciiications A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO MSS (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the reyuirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be ' careiully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it b�come necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, ' or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the d�lay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structur�s or ' obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon cannpletion of the work by a registered land , surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS CURBS SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the sam� type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved matcrial. All replaced basc shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or sQuare yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restaration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the praposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foat; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk �l" or 6" thick - per syuare foot. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 17 of 136 10/11/2010 Seccion IV —'1`echnical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire rnesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum oF 2�3 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the canstruction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time �ollovving primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justiiication for a temparary stop o� primary construction activity or a delay in appraval of partial payrnent requests. Reasanable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery remaved or disturbed during construction. No s�parate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The contractar shall nat obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water frazn the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- canstruction conference. The Cantractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirernents. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench exca�vation as required for the proper axecutian of the work, using one or more of the following appraved methods: well point systern, trenched gravity underdrain system, or surnps with pumps. Well point systems must be ef�cient enough ta lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall rerz�ain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting irom trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flaw in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to da this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot ai pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 18 of 136 10/11/2010 � 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 t 1 1 1 1 w 1 ' ' , ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CQNTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible far obtaining a Generic Permit for the Disckaarge of 1'roduced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging inta the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must rneet acceptable discharge limits. The following dacument has been incorporated into this section far refer�nce... 12.2,2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED ' GROUND WATER FR�M ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY ' ' ' � ' 1 1 Citv Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all graundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Noti�cation It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You rnay contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIaN GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any nan-contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 62p, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the pararneters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. �3efore discharge of produced ground water can occur fiorn such sites, analytical tests an samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minirnum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be ' sampled before the cammencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in cornpliance with the pravisions of this permit ' shall be taken priar to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters, The ef�luent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. 1 ' TABLE 1 Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters ' SectionIV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc 1 Page 19 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 1 �.0 mg/1 Z 0.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.0-$.5 6.5-8.5 Total Racoverable Mercury — by M.ethod 1631 E 0.012 µg/I 0.025 µg/l Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 µg/1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/1 Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 µg/1 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/� 50.0 µg/1 Benzene l.p µg/1 1.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1 If any af the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TQC, the discharge is not authorized by this perrnit or by the Cit�of Clearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular vveight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted frorn the TQC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Natice of Intent (NQI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); �. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units %r coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of 5ectionIV 3.25.11 LLMFinal,doc Page 20 of 136 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' ioiiiizoao t 1 � , 1 1 1 ' , ' ' 1 1 , 1 ' 1 , 1 ' ' 1 Section 1V — Technical 5peci6cations this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural backgraund or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.S units, the pH shall nat vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background af fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/1, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/l, In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), �.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists fram any sourc�, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an N�I request for coverag� to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees assaciated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be canstructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside o� adjacent sewer sectian. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly, Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out tap half of pipe. The manhole floor outside af channels shall be made smaath and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top af floor outside the channels shall nat exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drap Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be campletely �lled and the martar shall be srnoothed from inside oinnanholes. Section1V3.25.11LI,MFinal.doc Page 21 of 13b ]0/11/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of nnortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Frecast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type I1 cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform ta ASTM C�78 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the canstruction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on tha job site when manhole camponents are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall ba as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will nat be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil appraximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole caver frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of lh� manhole adjustment ring is to accammodate future grade changes withaut disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANH�LES Standard drop inlets to manhales shall be constructed of cammercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of martar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than �nished grade as directed. Refer to Detai1301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exteriar and interior of all bui1C up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type IT Asphalt ernulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specificatian ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 22 of 136 10/11/2010 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 � 1 1 � 1 ' 1 Section IV -- Technical Specifications manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approv�d eyual. Interiar of built up manhales which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry thickness of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specificatian ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer nnain shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by �'lo Control, Inc., or approved water stop caupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources ' as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic cnatter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. � ' Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed araund the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping ar oth�r suitable means. ' Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctar Density Test to the bottom of pavement. 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' Sackfill outside af pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 1 SO Standard Density Test. The cost pf backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSI,NGS, ETC. At such crassings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public ar private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactary to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING �R LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER ST�RM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Starm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ' Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. ' SectionlV3.25.lILLMFinal.doc 1 Page 23. of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV — T'echnical Specifications 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable rnaterial, such as muck, clay, rack, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Cantractor, who shall dispose of said material off site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the amount af cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sectians of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all rnaterials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing suriace and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Tf no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings eontained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, lacated behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A#57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be $" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specifcation For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minirxium cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe sti�ff'ness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorat�d due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is speci�ed, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 1$.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of S" Sub-drain in place and accepted. SectionIV 3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc Page 24 oF 136 � 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' ' 1 � 1 � ' 1 ioii iizolo , 1 � 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' ' ' 5ection IV — Technical Specifications 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment sha11 be based upon the unit price per lineal foot far underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and flter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restaration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 af the current FDOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N iilter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe jaint wraps shall be included in the unit price for thE pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is ta be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the taps plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped ta fit. Each piece af pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to fnd that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INF�RMATION ' The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as rneasured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole , cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING 1 � ' ' The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by �lling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end af the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the ex�ltration. In na case shall the in�ltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallan per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his awn expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No � trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and Found to be acc�ptable. Care shall be taken ta avoid flotation. LJ 1 1 The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. SectionTV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 25 of 136 10/i l/2010 Section IV—Technical Specifications 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foat for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, rneasured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of starm manholes or drainage structures and to the autside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e, all materials, equipment, filter �abric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND F�RCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PYPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings st�all conform with ASTM specification D 3034 far S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet af cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly rnarked with the abave ASTM designatiata. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying lezagth of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifcations or constructian plans, Ductile Tron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accardance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed betwe�n building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed withaut manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Sectian 41. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAYN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise nated in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DTP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has becorne deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation af gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell LTNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing warking space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be SectionlV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 26 of 136 10/11/2010 � ' 1 ' 1 , 1 1 , 1 1 1 , � ' 1 � , , , 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' ' ' 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 Sectian IV — Technical Specifications performed in such a manner that removal, back�ll and carr►paction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flatation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insuf�icient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to rennove unsuitable rnaterial and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support af pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for recannection and to caordinate with the construction inspectar the lacatian of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 af ttaese Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhale cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Cantractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltratian or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Cantractor at his awn expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such canditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be back�lled until after they have been test�d and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains ta verify the true and unifarm grade and the absence of bellies or drapped joints prior to acc�ptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/�- inches shall be cause for rejection. SactionIV3.25,I1LLMFinal.doc Page 27 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV —Technical Specifications The above tests shall be per%rmed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING �F FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 �.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Sectian 41.04 of these Technical Specifications far the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main frozn center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot ofpipe as measured froim the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end oithe lateral pip� including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payrnent for sewer pipe shall include all labar, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfll and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payrnent and measurernent of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specificatians for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Cantractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 R�ADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification dascribes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1"Scope af Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" campacted minimum thickness unless atherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer, The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Practor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractar shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found wlthin the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is campleted, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs SectionIV3.25,11LLMFinal.doc Page 28 of 13G ]0/11/2010 ' , ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 i 1 , ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 , � ' 1 1 1 ' ' ' , ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' Section IV —Technical Specifications required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the CiCy appraves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor sha11 notify the Project Tnspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placem�ent or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 20Q and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifrcations (latest editian), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specif cations (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cast of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base, CRUSHED CONCRETE SASE: Crushed concr�te base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 9Q1 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified labaratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above speci�cations. The LBR shall be a minimum of 1 S5. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons af material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime caat shall be included in the bid item price for base. �. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDQT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compaeted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the sanae day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lat under the direction of a Registered Florida Prafessional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been appraved by the Engineer. The only appraved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient ta jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc t Page 29 of 136 ] 0/11/2010 SecCion IV — Technical Specifications ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown oz� the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise nated in the project scope and plans. The cost of tkte tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirernents for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and sail cement base) shall be per Section 200 6 oi FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). �'or asphalt, the density requirements are per Sectian 330-1 Y, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BA51S OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of ineasurennent shall be the number of square yards oi base in place and accepted as called far on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deiicient in thickness shall either be �xed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so appraved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, hawever, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REW�RKED BASE The unit price for base shall inciude: all materials, raadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to coznplete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise nated in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FD�T's Standard Speci�cations (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minirnum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shawn on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits af the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Speciiications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, �lling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of rnaterials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing dept}z SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 30 of 136 10/11/2010 � 1 ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 ' , 1 1 1 1 1 ' t w 1 1 ' , Saction IV —Technical Specifications shall be per Section 161-6.4 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifcations. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas defcient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. Na payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas tl�at are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price far subgrade shall include: raadbed preparation, placement, spreading, ' compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, eyuipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. , 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specificatian is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform ta Sections 901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES -- PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concret� and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless atherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sectian 330 of �'DOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall nate that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials ta be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flaw, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable speci�cations for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Pa ment reductions for as halt related items shall be determined b the followin : ' SectionIV3.25.I1LI,MFinal.doc ' Page 3l of 136 ] 0/11/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1. Density per Section 33Q-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final sur�ace or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2U00 Standard Specifications. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/a" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' fram each end of the deticient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of'/4" ar greater, the Engineer will detert�,ine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The_Contractor _shall notify the Project Inspectar a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the coznmenceznent of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (R.AP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavernent designs shall conform to the following r�quiretnents: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construct'ron) COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) THICKNES S (Inches) Type S—I Type S—I with Type S--III �'C-3 Type S—III Type S-�I Type S—II� with FC-3 with FC-3 Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer 1 st 2nd 1 st 2°d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 1 1 1 %a 1'/z 2 l�/a 3/a * 1 1 2%z 1'/a 1'/a I'/z 1 1'/z 1 3 1%z 1'/� 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: l. Type S—ITI shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). SectionIV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc Page 32 of 136 � 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 , 1 , 1 1 1 ioiliizoio ' 1 � ' 1 1 1 � Section IV — Technical Speci�cations 2, All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of twa inches o:F asphalC. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. S. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S-�III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 of FD�T's 2000 Standard Specifications shall ' be used on streets with a speed limit of 3S mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. ' 1 , 1 1 1 ' ' 1 1 ' 1 , 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requir�ments for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requiremEnts, correctian of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATIDN 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in raadway pavement shall be repaired priar ta the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely flled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic cancrete. 23.6.2 POTHQLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be remaved from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 33 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV —Technical Specifications 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minirnum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or �berglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installatian of the riser, It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation oi each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment af ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, th� paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completian of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and fnal resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. Tt is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item far asphalt. 2. All pavernent markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the raad being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans, 3. All praject related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Sroom Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 34 of 136 10/11/2010 � 1 1 ' ' � � ' ' 1 � ' , ' ' ' ' ' 1 � ■ 1 ' Section IV — Technical 5pecifications supply fbr pre-wetting to mini�nize dust. Moreover, the Cantractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadvvays each day before leaving the job site. ' S. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall alsa be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost ' (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per tan bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 20Q0 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC C�NCRETE 1. Unless otherwise n�ted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications far Road and Sridge Construction (latest edition). 2, All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sectians 9�1 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard ' Specifications (latest editian). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. � L. J ' ' ' 1 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction reyuirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.'10 BASIS �F MEASUREMENT Basis of ineasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be reyuired for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretian, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc 1 Page 35 of 136 10/11/201 Q Section IV —Technical Specifications 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used %r the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://wwwl l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additianal information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in ef�'ect at the time of placement o� the asphalt will be used %r payment calculation. 5. The znonthly billing periad for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period far the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat, 7. No price adjustrnent reflecting any further increases in the cost a� asphalt will be made far any month after the expiration of the allowable cantract time. $. The City reserves the right to rnake adjustments for decreases in the cast of asphalt, 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work speci�ed in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labar, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Wark noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schernatic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by quali�ed personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting cornpany that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 36 of 136 ]0/i l/2010 � 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 , 1 ' , 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 � � , ' , , Section IV — Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SYEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material ar work wh.ich does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible tirne at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the ' Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a miniznurn of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: ' , � ' 1 ' ' ' ' � _� 1 ' � 1 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipznent with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet an every material and equipment installed under this cantract. 3. Complete aperating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "k►ands on" instructions for major equipment and shovv evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the praject that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment op�ration and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Cantractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Trrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equiprnent until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D, The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traf�ic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsiblE for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the �'DOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 37 of 136 10/11/2010 Section iV —'I'echnical SpeciFications of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to in�erior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater ar FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations frotn the speci�catians shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D266S and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe cannections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment ta tt�e mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2,3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of nnainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule SO fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Pravide solvent cernent and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and iittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The 1'rimer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connectians shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the fallowing, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 2�0-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non-Shock Safe-T Shear Stern SectionIV 3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc Page 38 of 136 � 1 1 ' � ' � � � ' ' ' , ' , 1 � ' ion iizoto � 1 � 1 5ection 1V — Technical Specifications ' S. Safe-T-Shear True ilnion Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved eyual, ' 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/2" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: ' 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. ' 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 12b Class B 4. Deep socket joints ' S. Rising stem �. Bolted bonnet ' 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' ' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES ' A. Sleeves: (Existing by City af Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REM�TE CONTROL VALVES ' A. The remote control valve shall be a salenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSY). The valve pressure rating ' shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve bady and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, , stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip , inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. ' E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, Califarnia, or approved equal. , F. Identify all control valv�s using rnetal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES ' A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Srooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. , B. �'or flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. ' SectionlV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 39 of 136 10/11/2010 1 Section IV -- Technical Specifications C. Far air relief assembly use an Ametek # 182001 (6") economy turf box cover comparable to Brooks, or appraved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION � 1 with # 1$2002 ' A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of Che tubing assembly, These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-7p) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient af variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 1 S" and 24" spacing betwee� drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 rnesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7". B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3'-S' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction, 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Autamatic Line �'lush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigatian cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACULIM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulatar shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 5ectionIV3.25.11 LLMFinal. doc Page 40 of 136 1 1 1 L� 1 1 ' ' � 1 1 1 ' , , ioii ii2oio ' , � 1 Sectian IV --Technical Specifications ' 25.1.2.10.6 FII�TERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notaCion indicating the minimum partial ' size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrasian resistance. 1 ' 1 1 1 C�� 1 ' ' 1 ' ' C� 1 1 ' 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting conn�ctions. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manu£acturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be comraunicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall functian normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall functian if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterpraaf operation. The control module shall }aave two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely maunted inside a valve box. G The controll�r shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the �ield Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The cantraller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation, E. The controller shall be as manufaotured by Rttin Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, Califarnia USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Cantrol Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The scre�n shall autamatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 41 of l36 10/11/2010 Section TV — Technical Specifications D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2,13 I.ATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series valv�. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendara, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTI�N 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the wark, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall nat be changed, except with the consent o�'the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superint�ndent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. �btain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there ar� ambiguities between the Drawings and Specificatians, and specific interpretation or clarifcation is not issued prior to bidding, the interpr�tation or clarification will be made on�y by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions, In event the installation contradicts the directians given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cast. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the constructian site to confirm the rnanner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or speciiic nates are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance af existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinaLdoc Page 42 of 136 ]0/11/2010 � ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 � 1 1 , ' 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV —'Cechnical Specifications 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL. A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom oftrenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintair► 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinklar lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler ]ines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical zninimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial back�ll on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than '/a in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do nat, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. ' F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 9S% of maximum density. ' G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more ' than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area af not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken ta prev�nt damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ��.��►��:z•l��i��r�•»�i�i.�� A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Repart ta Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. SectionlV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc Paga 43 of l36 10/11/2010 Section IV —Technical SpeciFcations E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of appraved layout. ��i►�-�r_��ir•� 25.1.3.3.1 WAT�R SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagramm�atic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do nat install znultiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each asserably with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SL.EEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contaractor shall verify the lacation of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigatian plans and notify the Engineer af any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recornmendations. B. Prepare all welded jaints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing tirne before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on, 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer, C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allaw soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 5ectionIV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc Page 44 of 136 � ' 1 1 1 ' ' 1 , 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 aoii�izoio ' 1 � ' 1 ' 1 1 , , 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' ' 1 , ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accornplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all cantrollers shall be appraved by the Engineers representative prior to installatian. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VAL.VES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide nat mare than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top af the valve to finish gcade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance froxn other equipment, 3 feet minirnum irom edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along raadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. �5.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B, Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Speci�cations, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and C;ontractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, withaut additional cost ta the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. S. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless atherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions af Contract, including General and Special Provisians and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 45 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the �lans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described h�rein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprig�ing, ar seeding, so �nished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent af the landscape drawings. D. Initial m�aintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shal� be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract na more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control o� the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape wark, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Sectian shall canfortn to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only �or the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the contralling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or af�'ects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any canditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTAL.S A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance af landscape work £or a period of one year. B. �'urnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert rnaterials, including labor for all specified work. 5ectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 46 of 136 10/11/2010 ' 1 ' ' 1 ' ' , ' 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' ' � 1 1 ' 1 ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.6 AI�TERNATES, ADDITIQNS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accornplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any af the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative far any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acyuired through additions or substitutions shall be subject ta all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or H7': The over-all height ofthe plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majarity of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T.. �� SPR.. Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to speci�ed height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds, Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. �'or example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base ofthe fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied positian to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.. O. C.. DIA.. LYS.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallan, etc. On center, distance between plant centers. Diameter. Leaves. ' SectionIV3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc 1 Page 47 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV —'fechnical Specifications D. B. H. : Diameter or caliper oimain trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: B&B: PPP: FG.• STD.: Caliper, the outside diarneter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches abave grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. Balled and burlapped in accardance with ho�ticultural standards o� the American Association of Nurserymen. Owner: Plants per pot. Field grown. Standard, single, straight trunk. To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the respansible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.$ 25.2.1.$.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a rnanner as to damage bark, break branches or destray natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times sa that roots or root balls are adequately pratected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked ar broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough ar careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B& B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or rnulch. SectionIV3.2S.11L1.MFinal.doc 1'age 48 of 136 10/11/2010 ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 , ! � 1 ' � ' Section IV — Technical Specificatinns D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire baund if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of � weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a miniznum of palm fronds shall be rennoved from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been rernoved. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise speci�ed. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant ' immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots maist. ' �J G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sad against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. ' �5.2.1.9 25.2.1.9.1 1 , ' 1 1 ' ' ' ' 1 JOB CONDITIONS ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been carrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Deterrnine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractar shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING O� WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completian with the utmast speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 49 of 136 ]0/11/2010 Sec[ion IV — Technical Specifications to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, halidays, etc, in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/ar to maintain the progress schedule, all said casts shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the �wner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from wark stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a rnanner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIAI�S: N�MENCI.ATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications an Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard EncycTopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, ar Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American 7oint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUAI�ITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigornus stnck grown under climatic cnnditions similar to conditions in the locality af the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be wel] branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Same plant materials rnay be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single znain trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards far Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right ta inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 50 of 13G 10/11/2010 1 , 1 � ' � � , , � ' ' 1 , ' ' ' 1 , � � ' ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' Section IV — Technical $pecifications E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governin� regulations that are applicable to landscape materials, F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available saurce, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order far substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for speci�ed sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval af the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Cantract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Flant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have �rm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding raot system necessary for full developrnent af the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B& B pracedures. ' J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. 1 K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but nat over two years. If requested, samples must be shown ta prove no root bound condition exists. ' 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED 1 1 ' ' ' A. Sod or s�ed (as/if speci�ed) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soii compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. ' SectionlV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc 1 Page 51 of 136 ion rizo i o Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.5 F�RTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uni�orm in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully con%rming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. S. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements far the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Graund cover and annual areas shall receive fertilizatian with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sad and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer an Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be cornrnercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1; I or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be na more than '/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, c�pper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock %r trees over 2" caliper. 5takes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock fi�r trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut fram 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2" x�" by 16" wood connected with two -'/<" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree stalcing systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil back�ll. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additianal cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lunnps over 1". C. Backfill and clean fill di�t provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 --- 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or SectionIV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc Page 52 of 136 � � ' � ' ' ' � 1 ' ' , 1 1 1 ' ' ' roiiiiaoio ' 1 � ' 1 1 ' Section IV — Technical Specificatipns a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck ar peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. f'k��'�i��71�_1►'i1�►1�7►'il�`�� A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting ' soil for all trees, shrubs, graund cover, and annuals according ta manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. ' ' 1 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging an horizantal members. Space vertical membecs 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as ta protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diarneter at breast height DBH at 4-'/a feet above grade. P��'�iRi[��.%Z•� i=�_1:7:71 �:��'�� i�►'il A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for , protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 1 1 1 1 1 1 �l J ' 1 1 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIAL,S A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis arad name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. F��'�+�iRiF� � �3 iI�3T7 �� A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. � 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Cantractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior ta commencement ofthe work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructians are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Mansanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specificatians. All proposed landscape areas SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 53 of 136 lU/11/201Q Section IV —Technical SpeciCcations adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's speci�cations. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodea", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, ar adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the �wner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satis�actory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1-'/x inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material offthe site. �k�±��i��:7��_1:7_ti�[+1►�Y�7:�_1►1►1�1_1� 3=1�]>�_1:r�1�[�7 A. Frepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All praposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparatian. Loosen sub- grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of � inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Cantractor shall �nish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, vvith 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or cantrolled release form. Thoraughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.dac Page 54 of 136 1Q/1 U2010 � 1 1 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 � ' ' ' ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil candition. 25.2.3.2 I NSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration af berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. ' C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam �11 dirt which is well- drained, free af rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. ' ' , 1 1 1 ' 25.2.3.2.2 I.AYQUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required ta clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between auter leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundatian wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order ta conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Flanting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width af the root ball. , B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the lacations shown, at such level that after settlernent normal or natural relationship of the top af the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain ' conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. ' 1 1 1 C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniforrr►ly around the roat mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 55 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV — Technict�l Specifications 1 gallon 1- 21 gram tablet 3 gallan 2- 21 gram tablet 5 gallan 3- 21 gram tablet 7 gallon �- 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each'/Z" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additianal soil for building tree saucers. E. Wh.en balled ar�d burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the tap 4 inches (1p0 nnillimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the raot ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up ta the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. �ailure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil le#� under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to S times the width of the root ball. Back�ll tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant eyually in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight ar curved edges shall be triangular - spaced ,in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 1$ inches from the back of the curb Co the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The graund shall be wet dawn before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sad thoroughly and ta wet the sod ta a depth of 2 inches (SO millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until raoted to subgrade. Secti onI V 3.25.11 LLMFi nal. doc Yage 56 of 136 � ' 1 1 ' , , ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1. 1 1 ' 1 ioiiiizaio ' t � � ' 1 Section IV —1'echnical Specitications E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. ' F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. 1 ' , 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department oi Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall b� dane per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minirnum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MUL.CHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before ' compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans ar General Notes. ' D, Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimurn 6 inch clearance �or the walls of buildings. ' ' 1 E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in frant of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.dvc Page 57 of 136 10/11/2010 Section TV — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.$ PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form. of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractar shall provide safeguards for the protection af workrnen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) statadards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from darnage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or emplayees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replaceznent of damaged vvark may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractar shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape canstruction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under SectionIV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc Page 58 of 13b � � , , 1 1 ' ' , 1 1 , ' ' � ' ' 1 10/11/2010 ' 1 , ' Section IV — Technical 5peciFications the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. ' 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental ta the healthy, vigorous growth af the landscape. 1 ' , , LJ 1 1 3. The Cantractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 I NSPECTION A. Upon completian of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within l5 days of notifications, the installatian will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspectian report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as ta the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of ' all other correction items, the �wner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon �'inal Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the ' terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in na way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. ' C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in ' perfarmance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 1 ' ' C� 1 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species speciiied in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement ar an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 59 of 136 ]0/11/2010 3ection IV — Technical Specifications additional compensation will be made to the Contractor %r plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or mare defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Cantractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant reyuire replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amaunt of warranty. 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT It is the intentian of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chernically resistant to withstand exposure to dornestic sewag� including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACT�R/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractar prequalification. In additian, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner systern to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalificatian approval for this praject must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the bath the liner system and the installer. 2fi.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classi�cation: 1'.E. 3�5434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248, The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material confarms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe speciznens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Pro e ASTM Methad Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi ' 1 ' ' 1 ' ' ' 1 1 , ' 1 , � � ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 60 of 136 10/11/2010 ' [�I 1 ' ' ' ' , 1 ' 1 ' Section IV — Technical 5pecifications HDPE Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be hoznogeneous throughout, uniform in calor, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the mater�al conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from �eld samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at S-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, camplete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-$00-344-3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior ta the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ' It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, raats, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior. , to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptians to local traffic, residents and particularly to cornmercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation ' operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. ' ' ' ' 1 ' All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractar's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to contral the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avaid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatrr�ent plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitatian work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually insp�cted by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded an VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. SectionlV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 61 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV — Technical Specifications 26.6 LINER INSTALLATI�N Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight �t to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product fram inside of manhole to inside af nnanhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to �t existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system �'or bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smaoth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinhales, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirernents for installation procedures, in particular, canfined spaces are to be met. 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral recannections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections ta manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifcally directed otherwlse by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered ta not be reconn�cted at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with apprapriate informatian regarding the construction project. 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative far more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payrnent for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal :foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and frozn end of pipe ta end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways ar existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 62 of 136 ]0/11/2010 � , 1 ' ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 � , � 1 ' , ' � ' 1 � ' Section IV — Technical Specifications When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like �naterial. Fayment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number af square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard far Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, ' which price shall be full campensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, eyuipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to cocnplete the work. 1 ' ��:�:��l•�:i�i�«•»t•��i,r_��•»:�x�-c��•�►��r_r��.�r_�� This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS � Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the �ine, grade and dimensians as shown an the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to ' exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requir�ments of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. ' 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ' The basis of ineasurement shall be lineal fset of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS �F PAYMENT , Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ' 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS , 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Cancrete sidewalks shall be constcucted to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans ' or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width af faur feet (4'). Cancrete ' sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be ' positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 63 of 136 10/11/201Q LJ Section IV — Technical Specifications rnore than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrece shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City ArCicles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a nninimum of six (b) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minirnum horizontal distance betw�en expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall alsa apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minicnum of 24 hours in advance oi the placement of all cancrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall lie the unit price per square foot for each item as rneasured above, which price shall be full campensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise nated herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shawn on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in confarmance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Speciiications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosian and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for rnore than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be tharoughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod nat acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be wit}aheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the SectionIV3.25,11LLMFinal.doc Page fi4 of 136 ]0/11/2010 ' , � , ' ' ' , 1 � , ' ' ' ' ' 1 , 1 ■ ' � ' 1 , ' � ' , Saction IV — Technical Spacifications basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sad shall be made until the Cantractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required lin� and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to tota160 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor rnaintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall caver all labor, material, equipment (including water), reyuired for this work, and shall be paid far on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such wark as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES INLETS CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans ' and applicable parts of the specifications, Sectian Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements ar other causes until acceptance of the work. 1 ' ' ' , 1 � � �� 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming ta insidc of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top af concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside af the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SectionIV3.25.I1LLMFinal.doc Page 65 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV — Technical 5pecifications 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approxitnately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manhales and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will nat be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet Che requirement that on the lateral iaces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe ar precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses af brick will be provided und�r manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precasC sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payrnent for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be an a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED This article deleted. See SECTION II�, ARTICLE 19 — MATERTAL USED. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATI�NS This article deleted, See SECTION TII, ARTICLE 2Q — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATI�NS. 36 STREET SIGNS The remaval, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHISITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered ar relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 70Q, 994, 995, and 996 0� FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest editiun). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or remaval. 37 37.1 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to cammencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots ar construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record af a pre-construction conditians. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDI�NIDEO RECQRDING The video recordings shall not be mada more than twenty-one (21) days prior to constructian in any area. SectivnIV3.25.11LI,MFinal.dnc Page 66 of 136 10/11/2010 ■ i � 1 1 ' ' i ' ' � , , ' � 1 ' � ' � ■ C� 1 Section IV —Technical Specifications 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractar shall engage the services af a professional videographer. The color audio ' videatapes shall be prepared by a responsible cammercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentatian. , 1 , 1 1 ' 1 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distdrtion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in ar�as not accessible by canventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a carresponding and simultaneously recorded audia recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary af the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any ne�ded identification, differentiation, clarification, or abjective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the , date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional informatian shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, ' contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during ' videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. ' 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ' The audio and video partions of the recording shall maintain viewer arientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction locatian will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, ' highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of constructian. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ' ground shall nat exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 67 of 136 10/11/2010 ' Section IV — Technical Specircations 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of thase subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videatapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videatape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's cantents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coardinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence af construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, cuxbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. �f particular concern shall be the existe�nce of any faults, fractures, ar defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTR�L 38.1 STABILIZATION QF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area nnay be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after fnal grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious suriace or landscaping. 5ectionIV3.25,111,LMFinaLdoc Page 68 of 136 10/11/2010 ■ , � , , � , 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' � 1 , Section IV —Technical Specifications 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES �'ill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent ' erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust fronn such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their lacatian and the expected length of' time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. ' 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by ' sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. ' � 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' � 1 1 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perirneter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspect�d by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, datns or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage datnage ar erosion within one week of installatian. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres ar more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure ducing construction of any detention area and will be required ta clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detentian areas rnust be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sediznentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sedicnent for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary ta the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughaut the praject by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel r�vork cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken ta stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. SectionIV3.25.11LT.MFinal.doc Page 69 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV — Technical 5pecifications Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstreatx� side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity, Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restared to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading frorn the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation, All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and ather structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 4001ineal �eet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to cornply with the aforementioned requirements rnay result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcernent procedures such as (but nat limitad to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used ar required to control erosion and siltation. SectionN3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 70 of 136 10/11/2010 1 1 ' 1 1 ' � 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' ' ' 1 � 1 ' � , 1 ' 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has tha responsibility to minimize the amount oi soil erasion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a n�w residence ar cammercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The pracedure will be as follows: 1 st occurrence - Warning 2nd occurrence - $32 Re-inspection Fee 3rd occurrence - $80 Re-inspection Fee 4th occurrence - Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations far the contractor to use as means Co ' support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. ' ' ' ' , ' 1 If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562-4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure Co do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with speci�c yuestions at 562-4750. ' SectionlV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc � Page 71 of 136 ioiiii2oro NoTxcE oF EROSI�N VIOLATION UNpER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7— EROSIQN AND SILTATION CQNTROL) OF TI•�E CTTY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCB5, THIS SITE HAS BBEN FOUND IN V101.ATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RES1"QRED 'i'O AN EROSION COhITRpLL�D SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Re-inspection Fee $80.00 Re-inspection Fee Stop Work Order CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741 & ENGINEERING/CONSTRUCTION 727 562-4750 AATE POSTED: Inspector's Name: Received by: (Signeture indicates only a copy of this no�ice has bean received and does nOt in dny way L�dicate admission of guilt or concurrenc e with findings af the inspecror.) Inspector's Signature: IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTI�ORIZED PERSON REMOVTNG THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTEb ' 1 ' ' � ' 1 ' ' 1 , ' 1 ' ' 1 1 1 t 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ' The tie in locations far utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on th� back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect ta the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals ' cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in confarmance with the cod� adopted by the American Public Works Associatian as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Dil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTTON BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PRQPOSED EXCAVATI�N Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT W�RK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRA.CT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. ' 41 POTAB_LE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES T ' 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in ' connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. ' SectionIV3.25.11LLM�inal.doc Page 73 of 136 l0/11/2010 1 5eccion IV —Technical 5pecifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnisk►ed and permanently incorporated inta the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workrnanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a�rst class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined rnetal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, cheznical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latesC revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure (�n.) (PST) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 3 S0 12" 50 �.31 3S0 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly cansolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4 SO or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POI.YVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through S-inch shall b� in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Campound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 74 of 136 10/11/2010 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' ' t 1 ' 1 1 ' , ' � ' 1 1 1 ' Section IV — Technical Specific�tions Size Dimensian Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length (OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 1$ 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8-inch s�all be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid crass section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear id�ntiiication that will rennain legible during normal handling, ' storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. 1 1 ' All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18-inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall 6e plugged with a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS ' Fitting from 4-inch through 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical jaint bells. Balts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements ofANST/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall , be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron �ttings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSUAWWA ' Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are o f domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. ' 1 ' 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings ar glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use af swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casir►gs shall be slip jaint ductile iran restrained by the use of restraining ' gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed an the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. ' SectionIV3.25,11LLMFinal.doc Page 75 of 136 1Q/11/2010 ' Sec[ion IV —Technical Specifications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusian of soil, water, ar debris within the casing itsel£ It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any appraved method by the Engineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allaw operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or speci�ed, valves for high pcessure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Xnstallation: Installation shall be in accordattce with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves, Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diarneter: Nat allowed. k'our Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter; Gate Valves, 4 to 16-irach diarneter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in canformance with ANSUA. W. W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts remavable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be ec�uipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No 1'VC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly, They are to be 3- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price far valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 far reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 76 of 136 10/11/201Q w � ' 1 1 1 ' 1 ' , 1 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 , ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 5ection IV — Technical Specificntions 41.2.5 HYDRANTS Na other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B-8A�-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A, Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/�M listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4, The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be o£ the traf�"ic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in twa sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the graund line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism fram grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied betvveen the operating nut and stem lock nut ta facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a#7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be af the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals ar threaded into upper barreL Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a branze ring threaded t� a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with O- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14, Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand aperation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have twa (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hase Coupling Thread Specifications. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 77 of 136 10/11/201p Section IV — Technical Specifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revisian. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AW WA 5pecification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joinCs from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent mavement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity af closing any other valve in the distributinn system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaizned water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Departrraent. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.V.C. water main, The largest service connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections to 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC Z02 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coatin.g and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All rnaterials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and appraved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All mater�al found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately braught to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefare, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allawed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow o£ water within the customers private system. The types oi devices allowed are; SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 78 of 136 10/11/2010 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' ' � 1 ' 1 ' ' ' 1 1 , � ' � � � � 5ection IV —1'echnical Specilications 1. Double Check Valve Assernbly a device composed o�' two single, ind�pendently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device cantaining a minimum of two independantly acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure dif�erential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel � body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plug. � � � � � � 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 C�NSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled an skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site af the wark, each piece shall be unloaded opposite ar near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING � 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT`AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and � hydrants at the required lacations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. � � �J � ' The depth of caver over the water main shall be a minimum of 3p-inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocatian, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 79 of 136 ]0/11/2010 Section TV —'1'echnical Specit7cations 41.3.2.� INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be pravided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient perfarmance of the wark. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or eyuipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be droppEd or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the mast vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe ar fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejectian, All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be rernoved from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside o� the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other mat�rials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe farced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tarnped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken ta prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means appraved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, �ttings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest editian of ANSUAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 ar latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 8� of 136 ]0/11/2010 � 1 1 ' � � � � , 1 ' � 1 1 ' 1 1 � � , ' ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 41.3.3 Section IV — Technical 5pecifications SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and jained to pip� in the manner specified above for installation of pipe, 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street praperty lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18-inches from the main lin�. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the �nished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index Na. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. C3��:IT1�7: _7T►`�b� Hydrants shall be located as shawn or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage firom vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer ta City Index No. 4Q2; Sheet S of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed wat�r system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the purnper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE t Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining ' mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. ' ' ' 1 1 Where special anchorage is reyuired, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected ta the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan af the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer, SectionTV3.25.11LLMPinal.doc Page 81 of 136 10/11/2010 3ection IV — Technical Specifications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing iacilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test oi 150 pounds per square inch for a period af two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance notice af the time when the installatian is ready %r hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any itecn of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AW WA C651. 41.5.'I STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodiurn hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accornplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATIDN PROCEDURE All piping, valves, �ttings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours befare it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be apened and closed several times during the contact period. 5actionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 82 of 136 10/11/2010 ' � 1 ' , ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' ' , , � [�� , Sac[ion IV — Technical 5pecifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free ' residual chlarine tests nat less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. , � ' � , ' 1 1 � 1 ' ' 1 1 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water fram remate points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall %rward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial exatnination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests af such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation ar►d it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterili�ation as autlined abave. If inethods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the callection and shipment af samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental 1'rotection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids rnust include all secti�ns and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Forrn. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensatian for all labar, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be tnade for the follawing items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Back�ll • Grading • Tracer wire + Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilizatian • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. ' SectionIV3.25.I1LLMFinal.doc ' Page 83 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV — Technical SpeciCcations 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS �L1.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The �uantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as �neasured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains coxnplete arad ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. �'itting weights shall be based on weights.stamped an the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the thearetical weights by more than the tol�rances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 41.6.4.1 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BQXES AND COVERS MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full campensation for furnishing all plant, labor, rnaterial and equipznent and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number af �re hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal,doc Page $4 of 136 ]0/11/2010 � ' , 1 1 � 1 � 1 ' ' , � _1 i 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 i 1 ' r Section IV —Technical 5pecifications anchorage, 6-inch pipe betw�en the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Speci�cations for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" af true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1,3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall ' conform to Section 3U0 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". ' ' 43.1.4 LEVELING CQURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-IIT Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Sectian 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot ' straight edge. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial wark shall be without compensation. ' � �__J 1 ' 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" ofType S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specifed in Section 331 of FDQT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Frior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for law areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer priar to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will SectianIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 85 of 136 10/11/2010 I Section IV - Technical Specifications t be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured ' specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for ' approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. ' 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION i The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application.of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor ' depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. , After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the ' Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. ' No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE , The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's , recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines ' shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionIV3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc Page 86 of 136 10/11/2010 1 1 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications ' 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be ' conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 Degree's F and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of ' all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 1 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doc Page 87 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -"Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doc Page 88 of 136 10/11/2010 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV --Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. SectionIV3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc Page 89 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -- Technical Specifications 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT 25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT 25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT 25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges - Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support SectionIV3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc Page 90 of 136 10/11/2010 , Section IV - Technical Specifications ' the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. ' 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. ' 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall ' have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel ' cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design - Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. ' 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. ' 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 - 1/2) inches. ' Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT ' Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse ' transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. ' 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle ' brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. ' 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. ' 8. Court Rake (I each) - six-foot length aluminum. I SectionlV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doc Page 91 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" - 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: SectionIV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doc Page 92 of 136 10/11/2010 N Section IV - Technical Specifications ' Pole TI existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5 ' Pole T3 Pole T4 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T5 new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits ' Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5 ' Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. ' Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. ' 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. ' New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. ' 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS ' The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. ' 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series - water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. ' 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION ' Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY ' 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all ' equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY ' The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. 1 Section1V3.25.11LLMFinal.doe Page 93 of 136 10/11/2010 t• Section IV -Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM ' The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. ' 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone ' traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. ' 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of , performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for , Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of , Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ' The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective ' may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he ' proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. , • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or ' maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control ' zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction I SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 94 of 136 10/11/2010 W Section IV -Technical Specifications ' 102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local ' Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but ' local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. ' 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. ' Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION ' Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. ' 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. ' Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION ' C-View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ' 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release ' The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ' The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the ' Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. 1 SectionlV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doc Page 95 of 136 10/11/2010 1 0 Section IV - Technical Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or ' an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION ' The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The ' Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ' Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in ' the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on ' the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of ' Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. ' The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control The . Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain ' traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification ' of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. ' Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in ' temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING 1 45.1 INTENT ' It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand , SectionlV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 96 of 136 10/11/2010 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV -Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal,doc Page 97 of 136 10/11/2010 W Section IV - Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ' After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color , television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. ' 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on , the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. ' The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes ' shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. ' 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be ' reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to ' manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a , later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. , 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no ' time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and ' property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT ' Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of ' manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. ' SectlonlV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doc Page 98 of 136 10/11/2010 , W 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to ' or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 1 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus ' maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, ' holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. ' The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the ' pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. ' 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. ' 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ' Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. ' ScctlonlV3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc Page 99 of 136 10/11/2010 1 Section 1V -- Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 21Y2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. Section1V3.25.11LLMl:inal.doc Page 100 of 136 10/11/2010 w i i i W Section IV - Technical Specifications ' 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by ' the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. ' An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of ' the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and ' the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be ' connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. , Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours ' shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. ' The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner 1 shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. ' The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. ' The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ' The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. ' 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe ' connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. 1 SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 101 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV - Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR. The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. 5ectionIV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doc Page 102 of 136 10/11/2010 W Section IV -Technical Specifications ' Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ff. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. ' 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to ' manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. ' 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. ' 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS ' 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. ' Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type 1. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. ' Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. ' Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. ' All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH ' GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, ' Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, ' set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. ' 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to ' produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 103 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV - Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve Passing No. 4 Sieve Passing No. 8 Sieve Passing No. 16 Sieve Passing No. 30 Sieve Passing No. 50 Sieve Passing No. 100 Sieve 100% 95% to 100% 80% to 100% 50% to 85% 25% to 60% 10% to 30% 2% to 10% 48.6 WATER Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionIV3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc Page 104 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV - Technical Specifications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of ' all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 1 1 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the SectionIV3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc Page 105 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV - Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if. 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in . sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air j et. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACT 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectionIV3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc Page 106 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -Technical Specifications ' 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual ' inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 11 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap (cfm) Max. Hose Dia. (In.) Max. Size Nozzle (In.) Min. Air Press. (psi) 365 1 5/8 15/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90 ' For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. ' Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made ' for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. 1 The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). 1 SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 107 of 136 10/11/2010 1 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ' 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT , It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to ' these specifications, the Contractor 'shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular ' system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT ' Payment for_ liners shall. be. per vertical foot of .liner installed from the base. to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate ' payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and ' compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as ' required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS I 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS ' Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise ' stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D ' 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR ' Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. ' 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type 11 per cubic yard of ' clean, well graded sand. 5ectionIV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doc Page 108 of 136 10/11/2010 1 Section IV -Technical Specifications ' 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the ' removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. ' Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. ' If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. ' Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the ' outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. ' Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. ' Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness ' and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. ' 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong ' Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the ' application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: ' 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 1 SectionIV3.25.1 ILLWina1.'doc Page 109 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -"Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pef 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doc Page 110 of 136 10/11/2010 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV -Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 111 of 136 10/11/2010 W Section IV - Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any ' large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to ' the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. ' Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting ' mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING , For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using ' the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption ' until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running ' water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the ' bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then , troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel ' marks. Manufacturer s recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have , elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench 1s sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to ' a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. , 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or ' Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING ' Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. , SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doc Page 112 of 136 10/11/2010 ' 1 Section IV -Technical Specifications ' 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ' ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ' 49.12.1 SCOPE 1 Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of. 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 SectionlV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doc 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Page 113 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and-to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density Tensile Strength Elongation Shrinkage Toxicity 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: 8.75-9.171bs/gal ASTM D-3574 150 psi ASTM D- 412 250% ASTM D-3574 Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Non Toxic 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) at 100% RH at 50% RH Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING 8.1 x10 llcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doe Page 114 of 136 10/11/2010 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV -Technical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- r0.04 X0.06 X0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4-5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a.dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPOXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a the like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10-20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE ' Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW ' Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. ' 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. ' b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. ' SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doc Page 115 of 136 10/11/2010 W r Section IV - Technical Specifications d: Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as , required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as ' needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. , 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step ' 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION , An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. ' 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill ' cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL ' Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. r 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. ' 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS , 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiffbrush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. ' 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. ' 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doc Page 116 of 136 10/11/2010 1 Section IV -Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPOXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 - PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doc Page 117 of 136 10/11/2010 ¦ Section 1V - Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex ' System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System ' • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexiflor ' • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to , indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE ' Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer , according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder ' 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ' 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons Water (Clean and Potable) 20-40 gallons ' Sand (60-80 mesh) 600-900 pounds Liquid Yield 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with ' California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix SectionIV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doc Page 118 of 136 10/11/2010 ' k I 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications ' must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate ' of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE ' After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons ' Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons ' 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be ' diluted -with- one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.05 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. ' Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to ' application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey Association. ' 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion ' of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. ' 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner ' will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. ' 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 507 or more than 1 40°F. ' 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. Section1V3,25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 119 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV - Technical Specifications ' 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. ' 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates. , 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70°F with 60% relative ' humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NINA recommended protective gear. t 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION , This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES , 53.1. MATERIAL 1 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES ' Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of ' a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, 1 Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or ' exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 ' 1/4 inches by 4 '/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall ' diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 %Z), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized , wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed ' condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 120 of 136 10/11/2010 ' Section IV -Technical Specifications ' Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. ' All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A-641. ' 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist ' deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. ' 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. ' 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi. ' 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. ' 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). ' S. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but ' not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: ' a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall ' not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). ' 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: ' 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-117 ' b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 121 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: , a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287. ' 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit , the following properties: 1. Appearance: ' a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: ' a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: , a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength:' ' a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: ' a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. ' 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. ' 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. ' b. Cold Flex Temperature -Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: ' The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote , deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: , • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum loss 12% SectionIV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doe Page 122 of 136 10/11/2010 1 Section IV -- Technical Specifications ' . Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. ' All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: ' 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A ' 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and ' lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel ' having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard ' Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE ' Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a ' single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall ' be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections ' forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The ' binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and ' binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 123 of 136 10/11/2010 Section 1V -Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; + Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. Section1V3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 124 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are- encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK ' The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. ' 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING 1 All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. SectionIV3.25.1 I LLMFinal.doc Page 125 of 136 10/11/2010 1 I Section IV -Technical Specifications 54 9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ' . Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. ' 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park , users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. ' 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur ' coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. ' 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. ' Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense. ' 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil ' moisture, usually 3 inches. 54,14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR ' Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and t operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to ' the monthly maintenance fee. 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a ' less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on ' City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION ' Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. SectionIV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doc Page 126 of 136 10/11/2010 1 J ' Section IV -'technical Specifications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform ' remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ' This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. ' 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to ' monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. - 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. - 3:00 p.m. ' 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL ' Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be ' given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ' 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate ' irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. ' 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 1 SectionlV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doc Page 127 of 136 10/11/2010 u 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications ' 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature ' caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next , regular payment to the Contractor. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. ' 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ' Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be , performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS , L If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible ' to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless ' otherwise noted in the contract documents. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom , Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving ' the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled ' to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this , removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. ' 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 ' Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 128 of 136 10/11/2010 , ' Section IV -Technical Specifications ' superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. ' 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a ' failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for ' milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt; the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ' All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of material. ' 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ' All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. ' 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their ' owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing ' operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ' The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 1 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height ' and pavement cross section. B. Full Width - This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry ' shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 1 SectionIV3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc Page 129 of 136 10/11/2010 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing Swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (lastest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. SectionIV3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc Page 130 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -Technical Specifications ' 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, ' equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 1 1 1 The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the W WTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, SectionlV3,25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 131 of 136 10/11/2010 1 Section IV -Technical Specifications , pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's ' Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All , mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both ' the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the ' City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT t The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to , complete the work per the plans. 60 SIGNING AND MARKING , All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM'S (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and , markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or I markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. , 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard , Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work ' per the plans. Section1V3.25.1 ILLMFinal.doc Page 132 of 136 10/11/2010 1 1 Section IV -- Technical Specifications ' 62 TREE PROTECTION ' 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all ' staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: L At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. ' 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species ' 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts. ' Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and ' shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is ' terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor ' utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or ' debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such ' protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. ' F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root. pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical ' root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean ' pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment ' designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by ' SectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 133 of 136 10/11/2010 Section 1V - Technical Specifications ' construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root ' Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International ' Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. ' D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. ' E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. ' F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. ' G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". ' H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. ' 1. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. ' J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. ' K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. , L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. ' M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional borin as o osed to o en trenchin ' g pp p g. 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or , under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards 1 Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. 5ectionIV3.25.11LLMFinal.doc Page 134 of 136 10/11/2010 ' Section IV - Technical Specifications B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: httix//www.w3.oiyAR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT 19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. SectionlV3.25.1ILLMFinal.doe Page 135 of 136 10/11/2010 Section IV -Technical Specifications 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. 0 5ectionIV 3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc Page 136 of 136 10/11/2010 1 APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION Table of Contents: OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS + Instructions for Addendum to Agreement + ODP Agreement Form • Addendum to Agreement • Attachment "A" • Attachment "B" • Attachment "C" ;rocedures Attachment "D" for Sales Tax Savings, Requests to Requisition and Receiving/Invoicing • Request to Requisition Form PROJECT PERMITS GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT ASBESTOS REPORT Appendix 3.25.11LLMFinal.doc i 9/27/2010 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS Appendix 3.25.11LLMPinal.doc 9/27/2010 1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS FILLING STATION CITY OF CLEARWATER CITY PROJECT NO. 10-0043GA 1, The Contractor and the City, prior to the ordering of any materials, must complete the Addendum to Agreement for Construction of the Compressed Natural Gas Filling Station project. 2. Attachment "A" is to be completed by the Contractor and submitted with the Addendum. 3. Attachments "B", "C" and "D" relate to Owner-Furnished Materials that are part of the of a Subcontractor's Work. Attachments "B" and "C" would be completed for each Subcontractor responsible for materials as part of the Subcontractor's Work. 4. Submit two (2) original copies of the Addendum and Attachments to: City of Clearwater Attention: Owner's Representative, Job Title Phone: ##### Fax: #f/# #### Address City, State & Zip 5. If you have any questions regarding this process please direct them to: Name, Job Title Phone: ###? Fax: #### E-Mail: name@myclearwater.com Appendix 3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS FILLING STATION CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT No. In reference to contract # Owner, and _ dated between City of Clearwater, the the Contractor, it is further AGREED as follows: 1. The Owner has reserved the right to purchase certain portions of the material for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. 2. The attachments lettered "A", "B", and "C", attached hereto (as amended by notations thereon) and incorporated herein shall be executed by the Contractor and applicable Sub-contractors and the terms thereof shall govern the purchase of materials for the Project as determined by the Owner. 3. The price as bid by the contractor shall be reduced by the cost of the materials purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax. However, for purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, the original contract amount shall be used. 4. The Contractor reserves the right to authorize payments for invoiced materials, prior to Owner's authorization process, as outlined in Attachment "D". 5. The Contractor will assist Owner in owner's direct purchase of materials for the project. However, owner acknowledges that Contractor's Sub-contractors nonetheless each reserves the right to purchase project materials directly, without Owner's prior approval and consequent power to eliminate reimbursement of sales tax. This addendum, upon its execution by both parties, is made an integral part of the aforementioned agreement. CITY OF CLEARWATER: CONTRACTOR: Date: City Manager/Owner ATTEST: Date: Contractor ATTEST: City Clerk Secretary (City's Corporate Seal) APPROVED AS TO FORM: Camilo Soto Assistant City Attorney Appendix 3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 ATTACHMENT "A" FROM: CITY OF CLEARWATER (OWNER) TO: (CONTRACTOR) OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJECT: (PROJECT NAME AND PROJECT NUMBER) 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. The owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. Owner-purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered by a direct billing to, and a direct payment from, the city of Clearwater. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. 2. The Contractor shall provide the Owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Contractor shall submit price.quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Contractor. However, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site, after inspection by Owner to assure acceptable condition upon delivery, prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Contractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular material furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor and Owner representative shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A of this Contract. 5. The Contractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications and ' determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead ' shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ' Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 6. The Contractor shall maintain records of all Owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of Owner-Furnished Materials in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any Owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. Appendix 315.11 LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 1 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees 1 to which the Owner is entitled for direct purchase materials and for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. Contractor shall make such warranties , available to owner upon demand and in any instance, no later than the upon Final Inspection and Acceptance of the project by the Owner. 8, Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Contractor's I possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by ' Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. As invoices are received, Contractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all ' suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during that delivery for use by the Contractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based. upon Contractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. ' 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within thirty (30) days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's ' Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Contractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the ' Contractor at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Contractor for salvage or disposal at the Owner's option. ' 12. The Owner shall be entitled to the benefits of any discounts attributable to the early payment of vendor invoices for materials furnished by the Owner pursuant to the Specifications. 13. The Contract between Contractor and Owner is hereby amended to clarify that Owner- ' Furnished Material shall be categorized as "materials purchased outside of the Contractor contract price. Appendix 3.25.11LLMFinal_doc 9/27/2010 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ATTACHMENT "B" FROM TO OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJECT: (PROJECT TITLE AND CITY PROJECT NUMBER) NTRACTOR) (SUBCONTRACTOR) 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Subcontractor's Work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Subcontractor's contract. Owner-purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered by a direct billing to, and a direct payment from, the City of Clearwater. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number 2. The Subcontractor shall provide the owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Subcontractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Subcontractor. However, the Owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site, after inspection by Owner to assure acceptable condition upon delivery, prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Subcontractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Subcontractor for the particular material furnished. The Subcontractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Subcontractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Subcontractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Subcontractor and Owner representative shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Subcontractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Subcontractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment "A" of this Contract. 5. The Subcontractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications ' and determine prior to incorporation into the Subcontractors Work if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Subcontractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Subcontractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Subcontractors ' Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Subcontractor's Work such defective or ' nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Subcontractor shall be responsible for all damages to the owner, resulting from Subcontractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 6. The Subcontractor shall maintain records of all owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Subcontractor's Work from the stock of Owner-furnished Materials in its possession. The Subcontractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Subcontractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Subcontractor's Work. Appendix 3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 1 7. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees to which the Owner is entitled for direct purchase materials and for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Subcontractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or sub-subcontractor. Contractor shall make such warranties available to Owner upon demand and in any instance, no later than the upon Final Inspection and Acceptance of the project by the Owner. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Subcontractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Subcontractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Subcontractor agrees to promptly notify Owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. As invoices are received, Subcontractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during that delivery. for use by the Subcontractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Subcontractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials- 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Subcontractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within fifteen (15) days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Subcontractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Subcontractor at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Subcontractor for salvage or disposal at the Owner's option. Appendix 3.25.11LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 ATTACHMENT "C" ' From: (CONTRACTOR) To: (SUBCONTRACTOR) ' Project: This project qualifies the Owner to utilize its sales tax exemption for the purchase of materials used in the ' project. In order to do this, the City of Clearwater, Florida, (Owner) must pay for the materials directly. This shall be accomplished in the following manner: 1. Subcontracts will be issued by Contractor to Subcontractors in the usual manner, including sales tax. 2. Subcontractors will prepare their material orders and forward same to Contractor so that City ' of Clearwater (owner) purchase orders may be placed for these materials. 3. Contractor will return to the Subcontractor a copy of the City of Clearwater (owner) purchase order on behalf of the City of Clearwater (Owner). It shall read: ' To: Supplier ' For: Material per attached Subcontractor order, 4. The material supplier will then bill the City of Clearwater (Owner) c/o "Subcontractor" c/o Contractor. Subcontractor will approve invoice and send to Contractor who will submit same ' to City of Clearwater (Owner) for payment. 5. City of Clearwater (Owner) will then pay the invoice directly. ' It is imperative that the Subcontractor approve the invoices and forward them to Contractor by the of each month for payment by the . Those received after the will be processed in the next month's billing cycle. Appendix 3.25.11LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 ATTACHMENT "D" PROCEDURE FOR GENERATING SUB-CONTRACTOR DIRECT PURCHASE ORDERS FOR SALES TAX I CREDITS 1. General Contractor will submit requisition for materials with vendor information required (see ' vendor application form), item description, quantity if applicable, price, etc. Also included will be the sales tax savings amount. 2. Architect will review the requisition, and forward to the project manager for approval and ' preparation of electronic purchase requisition- Requisition must contain project number as well as correct account number. 3. Project Manager will then request requisition approval from the Finance Director. 4, Purchasing will issue purchase order and will mail, fax, or otherwise distribute purchase order as requested. ' 5. A purchase order summary report will be maintained indicating the following: purchase order number, owner Certificate of Exemption number, vendor, total amount of P.O., total tax savings, amount previously requested, amount of current request, and remaining balance of ' P.O. This report will be updated and issued with each group of payment requests (monthly). 6. Payment requests with invoices must have receiving paperwork with authorized signatures , and must be submitted for approval as indicated below: 7. Payment authorization sequence: invoices must be submitted for approval in the following order: , a. General Contractor b. Architect c. Project Manager , d. Engineering/City Manager e. Purchasing/for processing only f. Finance/for processing only , Appendix 3.25.11LLMPinal.doc t 1 1 9/27/2010 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROCEDURES FOR SALES TAX SAVINGS, REQUESTS TO REQUISITION and RECEIVING/INVOICING CITY OF CLEARWATER {Protect title & City proiect number) Contractor: CEI: Addendum to Agreement for Construction: See separate instructions for completing the Addendum to Agreement. Process procedures for tax savings: 2. Completion of the Request to Requisition forms by Contractor. 3. Approved by CEI. Approver(s): 4. Original to Owner's Representative for processing of P.O. requisition. 5. Based on Request to Requisition forms a schedule will be prepared for the City's Purchasing Manager to reduce the Contractor's P.O. by the amount of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers, if applicable. It is important to process as many material supplier Requests to Requisition as possible at one time thereby reducing the amount of changes necessary to Contractor's P.O. Construction contract will not change and the sum of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers plus the Contractor's P.O will represent the total contract commitment. Before sending to the Purchasing Manager. the schedule will be forwarded to the Owner's Representative, CEI and Contractor's representative for approval. We will need the a-mail address for the Contractor's & CEI's contact person(s) for this process. 6. The estimated sales tax savings for each materials requisition will be deducted from the primary lines of Contractor's P.O. A related Sales Tax Savings line for each charge code will be added to the Contractor's P.O. No changes will be made to the sales tax savings lines until all materials are purchased, received, accepted and paid for unless additional materials purchases are necessary. 7. Closing of the sales tax savings line on the Contractor's P.O. can only be done through a change order (Recommendation is that it's done on the final C/O). Process procedures for reauest to reauisition forms: 1. General description is a brief recap (sewer lines and manholes; water lines; etc) 2. Contractor should include their fax number as well as a contact number. 3. In the description section of the Request to Requisition include any special delivery instructions. 4. Indicate whether or not retainage is to be withheld. City's standard is 5%. 5. Include the address where the supplier is to mail invoices. 6. Where applicable, shipping and handling costs should be listed as a line item on the request to requisition. 7. City staff will complete the charge code line. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal has been received from the ODP supplier: a. On the request to requisition summarize the materials to be ordered by type of system (stormwater, streets, water, sewer, reclaimed, etc) giving the total dollar amount per for each system. Leave 2 line spaces between each system to allow for the addition of the City's charge code. Appendix 3.25.11LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 b. Attach the supplier's proposal to be mailed as an attachment to the purchase order. Attachment should include estimated quantities and types of materials. Cost information is optional. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal is not available: , C. Provide quantities and detailed descriptions of the items to be ordered, per unit and total cost as the City's P.O. will be sent directly to the Materials Supplier. d. Materials on each request to requisition should be grouped in relation to the major ' billing line items on Contractor's P.O. Leave 2 spaces between each group, as the City will add the appropriate charge codes. 8. The requesting official will be the Contractor's official with authority to procure materials. ' Contractor's authorized procurer(s): 9. The official approving that the materials requested meet the design specifications will be ' authorized personnel from the CEI only. Authorized approvers: NOTE: Any materials ordered by the contractor that are not included on the City's issued ' purchase order or any amounts ordered that exceed the amounts on the City issued purchase order MUST be separately ordered pursuant to a purchase order directly ' between the supplier and the contractor. These materials MUST be invoiced separately from the materials supplied pursuant to the City issued purchase order. Another option would be to submit an additional Re-Quest-to-Requisition to increase the amount of the ODP purchase order for that supplier. ' Process procedures for receiving and invoicin : 1. Upon receipt of materials, Contractor's representative will verify the materials are in usable , condition and the quantity received. 2. The Materials Suppliers will be instructed on the City's P.O. to send their original invoice to ' the Contractor to the attention of 3. Contractor must sign off on the invoice to approve the payment and, if no receiving report is attached, must indicate on the invoice that all materials were received in usable condition. Any , discrepancies with the invoice are to be resolved between the Contractor and the Materials Supplier. If the invoice is in error, it can be corrected by the Contractor before forwarding for payment under the following conditions: a. A corrected supplier's invoice can be paid up to the amount of the originally issued , invoice but not in excess of that amount. b. None of the original data on the invoice can be obliterated. If it is the City will return ' the invoice for replacement by a corrected one from the supplier. C. If the corrections cause the invoice amount to exceed the original billed amount, the excess must be invoiced separately by the supplier and is to have the same support , documentation and/or approvals as all other invoices to be paid. 4. Supplier invoices for retainage amounts, if any has been withheld, are not required support documentation but must follow the approval process as all other invoices. 5. After approval the Contractor will forward the original invoice and any attachments to City of Clearwater's Owner Representative: City of Clearwater , Department Name Attn: Name Address ' City, State & Zip 6. After approval and verification of the materials received the Owner's Representative will forward the original invoice and any attachments to the appropriate City department for payment I processing. Appendix 3.25.11LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 7. Steps 1 through 7 will be followed for each materials receipt and invoice. 8. Materials purchase P.O.s can be closed only upon completion of the materials acquisition and at the approval of the Contractor. 9. Upon closing of a materials purchase P_O. any unused balance will be added back to the appropriate line(s) on Contractor's P.O. Closing of Contractor's P.O.: 1. All Materials Suppliers' P.O.'s must be closed prior to the final change order and closing of the Contractor's P.O. Appendix 3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 Clearw,ater U Engineering Department REQUEST TO REQUISITION STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER ' General Item Description: Vendor: Street Address- City/State/Zip: Phone No: ' Receiving Location (Ship to): Street Address: ' City/State/Zip: Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: Line # I Qua 1 (City will complete) ' Units Detailed Description Price Per ' etc.) (List shipping & handling. charges, if applicable) Each Total Requesting Official Date: Approving Official Date: Title and Organization - Contractor Title and Organization - C.E.I. Services ' Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&I. Firm and to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. Page 1 of 2 ' Appendix 3.25.11LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 ' Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: 0 C arwater I.- - - - - - U - ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REQUEST TO REQUISITION STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER (Continuation page) Units Detailed Description Price Per Line # Quantitv ($, etc.l (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each Total ' Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&I. Firm and to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. Appendix 3.25.1 1 LLMFinal.doc I Page 2 of 2 9/27/2010 Appendix 3.25.11 LLMFinal.doc PROJECT PERMITS if needed 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9/27/2010 ¦ 1 GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT, if needed f] Appendix 3.25.11LLMFinal.doc 9/27/2010 ASBESTOS REPORT, if needed Appendix 3-25,11 LLMFinal_doc 9/27/2010 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' FINAL. CONTRACT AMOUNTS THAT EXCEED THE ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT WILL BE ' CHARGED AN ADDITIONAL PREMIUM. INCLUDE THESE PREMIUM CHARGES IN YOUR CHANGE ORDERS. BOND NUMBER: 3203068 *Executed in Two (2) counterparts 1 CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA ' COUNTY OF PINELLAS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we WISE GAS, INC. Contractor and ' Bankers Insurance Company (Surety) whose home address is ' HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY FOUR THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED FOURTY ONE DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($674,341.00) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the 8th day of April , 20 11 ,entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: ' CONSTRUCTION/SITE WORK FOR CITY OF CLEARWATER COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS FILLING STATION ' a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. ' Exhibit 1 to the bond is herein attached and made a part of said bond. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the ' one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said ' Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want. of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the ' execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub- Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion ' of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, ' keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. CONTRACT BOND 1 Page I ¦ (2) ' And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against ' or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the ' said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. ' And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said ' Contract. And the Surety shall be liable for all construction costs of the Construction/Site Work specified in Section ' IV - Technical Specifications up to the sum of the bond, but shall not be liable for any costs or damages arising from the Owner Direct Purchase Election or any design services provided pursuant to the contract. ' And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does ' hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 8th day-00P.Xil 20 11 ATTEST: zk, J WITNESS: ra uiri WISE GAS, INC.:' r -- ONT T` By: Christine Slager, President Bankers Insurance Company SURETY By- Andrea J. Mi el, Attort}y?ii-Fc?i rv - COUNTERSIGNED: Page 2 0 1 Power of Attorney 3 2 ()? ? ?i Bankers Insurance Company KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that BANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office in the City of St. Petersburg, Pinellas County, Florida, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint: *Andrea J. Michael* of the City of Tampa Hlllsborou h County, State of Florida , its true and lawful Attomey-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred upon him/her to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as Surety,,as its act and deed, any and all bonds, undertakings consent or Agreement not exceeding the sum of Three million and xx/100 dollars --- ---- - $3,000,000.00 which this Company may be authorized to write. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Bankers Insurance Company, and now in force to-wit: ' BE, IT RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board, President and any Vice President of the Corporation are hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attomey, qualifying the Attomey(syln-Fact named in the Powers of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the Corporation, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation are hereby authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, any and such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporation when so affixed in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it Is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bankers Insurance Company has caused these presents to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of this 1®r day of MJ I , 2Q LO. ATTEST: BANKE INSURA E COMPANY 44*&J (2 By:? Nancy . Hai Assistant Secretary David K. Meehan, President ' STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF PINELLAS ) The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me _i day of Jam, 2010 by David K Meehan and Nancy C. Haire, as President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Bankers Insurance Company, a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation. 00u?* Personally known X OR Produced Identification - Type of Identification Provided s.... :r (NOTARY PUBLIC) rrgrm I I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Bankers Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney, of which the foregoing 4s-2Lf A .#ve and cored copy, is in full force and effect. ILA1`VFii, I have hereunto subscribed my name as Assistant Secretary, and affix the corporate seal of the Corporation this April 20 11 ?. µ . Nancy C. Ha Assistant Secretary ?'2 ?/ ' ry y C ???iltlltll l;'-t'tily?lt 1 EXHIBIT I To Bond #3203068 Instructions to Obligee Date: 3!31!11 Obligee: City of Clearwater, Ff. Project: Design & Construction of a Compressed Natural Gas Filling Station (RFP 27-10) Escrow 6833628 Contractor: Wise Gas, .Inc. Surety: Bankers Insurance Company 'ro: City of Clearwater, Fl, The undersigned Contractor hereby irrevocably requests and directs that kill payments, retainages, holdbacks, loan disbursements and/or equity contributions due or to become clue on account of the above referenced Project between Obligee and the undersigned be issued in the form of ACH's, Wire Transfers, or Checks as follows: ACH's are navable as follows: ACH to: Bremer Bank, National Association Bank Routing Number: 096010415 . Account Name: Wise Gas, Inc., Escrow Account #6833628 Account Nurnber: 6833628 Wire'rransfcr's are C)ayLible as follows: Wire to: Bremer Bank, National Association Bank Routing Number: 096010415. Account Name: Wise Gas, Inc, Escrow Account #6833628 Account Number: 6833628 Cheeks. are to be rude oaYable to: "Wise Gas, Inc., Escrow Account #6633628" and sent to the following address: Bremer Bank, National Association Attn: Chris Bohl or Cortney Lieber- 8800 Highway 7 St. Louis Park, MN 55426 Bankers Insurance Company, as surety on Performance and Labor for Payment Bonds (the "Bonds") issued in connection with the aforesaid Project has required the establishment of an Escrow Agreement with Bruner .Bank, National Association and Wise Gas, Inc. This Exhibit is in reference to the construction portion ($674,341.00) of 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 the Project and subject to any change orders against the constriction portion of the Project. The payments provided for hereunder shall be disbursed in accordance with the construction contract for the Project, between Wise Gas, Inc. and the City of Clearwater, Section III, Paragraph 14. Any and all contingency monies provided for in the contract shall only be disbursed as necessary or as otherwise provided in the contract. These instructions, which are coupled with an interest, may riot be modified, changed or rescinded without the written authorization and consent of an officer or Attorney-In--.I^act of the Surety and the City of Clearwater, F1._. Sincere!", ACCEPTED AND AGREED BY OBLIGEE: is was, In City of Clearwater, FI, 13y? y;?? y tfiristine Singer, Presidt•nt Namc:.... hu.Lt??ni?xxtr r ins o Title: il( aAco ,? '+r Qtt.af+4" 1" k/P•. ?7 i a l". Date: ?f I i' - - Tclcphone:_, -?14ciE-Mail Address: i W-?_ ?tJar?in ` a? ? ?jear+,,?? -r;.;rr HIGH IMPORTANCE (FOR OBLIGEE USE ONLY) The expected date of first payment on the above referenced project is _ ***NACS understands that an actual date may not be realistic, but please include a date range if possible (2 weeks, 15-30 days, etc.). Verified T_...-__- __.........._ Date _ _.? ('This line for use by Bremer or MACS only) 13 Time y/Initials 11 ' CONTRACT This CONTRACT made and entered into this d_(g_ day of I by and between the ' City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and WISE GAS INC. of the City of WESTON, County of BROWARD and State of FLORIDA hereinafter ' designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: ' That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: ' The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the ' following: DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION OF A COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS FILLING STATION ' (RFP 27-10) FOR THE SUM OF: SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY FOUR THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED FOURTY ONE DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($674,341.00) ' In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any ' advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and ' assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in ' accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY ' AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF ' THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY ' CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS ' OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. 1 Page 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. ' The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. 1 1 1 1 It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 Per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 Per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. Page 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: ' Frank Hibbard, Mayor 1 I (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) 1 (The person signing shall, in his own ' handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). 1 Attest: Camilo Soto Assistant City Attorney W \S- Cis (Contractor) By: (SEAL) Page 5 1 `Rosemarie Call CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF COUNTY OF On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of WISE GAS INC. a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 1473 SUNSET WAY, WESTON, FLORIDA (herein, the "Contractor"). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of 20__-_, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION OF A COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS FILLING STATION (REP 27-10) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, laborers.and material men. in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising wider the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: Page 6 WISE GAS INC. AFFIANT . alLr - BY: